Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" |
| 2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> |
| 3 | <html> |
| 4 | <head> |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | <title>The LLVM Target-Independent Code Generator</title> |
| 7 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css"> |
Benjamin Kramer | 943beeb | 2010-10-30 21:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | |
| 9 | <style type="text/css"> |
| 10 | .unknown { background-color: #C0C0C0; text-align: center; } |
| 11 | .unknown:before { content: "?" } |
| 12 | .no { background-color: #C11B17 } |
| 13 | .no:before { content: "N" } |
| 14 | .partial { background-color: #F88017 } |
| 15 | .yes { background-color: #0F0; } |
| 16 | .yes:before { content: "Y" } |
| 17 | </style> |
| 18 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | </head> |
| 20 | <body> |
| 21 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | <h1> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | The LLVM Target-Independent Code Generator |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | </h1> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | |
| 26 | <ol> |
| 27 | <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a> |
| 28 | <ul> |
| 29 | <li><a href="#required">Required components in the code generator</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | <li><a href="#high-level-design">The high-level design of the code |
| 31 | generator</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | <li><a href="#tablegen">Using TableGen for target description</a></li> |
| 33 | </ul> |
| 34 | </li> |
| 35 | <li><a href="#targetdesc">Target description classes</a> |
| 36 | <ul> |
| 37 | <li><a href="#targetmachine">The <tt>TargetMachine</tt> class</a></li> |
| 38 | <li><a href="#targetdata">The <tt>TargetData</tt> class</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | <li><a href="#targetlowering">The <tt>TargetLowering</tt> class</a></li> |
Dan Gohman | 6f0d024 | 2008-02-10 18:45:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | <li><a href="#targetregisterinfo">The <tt>TargetRegisterInfo</tt> class</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | <li><a href="#targetinstrinfo">The <tt>TargetInstrInfo</tt> class</a></li> |
| 42 | <li><a href="#targetframeinfo">The <tt>TargetFrameInfo</tt> class</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 47adebb | 2005-10-16 17:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | <li><a href="#targetsubtarget">The <tt>TargetSubtarget</tt> class</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | <li><a href="#targetjitinfo">The <tt>TargetJITInfo</tt> class</a></li> |
| 45 | </ul> |
| 46 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | <li><a href="#codegendesc">The "Machine" Code Generator classes</a> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | <li><a href="#machineinstr">The <tt>MachineInstr</tt> class</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | <li><a href="#machinebasicblock">The <tt>MachineBasicBlock</tt> |
| 51 | class</a></li> |
| 52 | <li><a href="#machinefunction">The <tt>MachineFunction</tt> class</a></li> |
Evan Cheng | 2e9c724 | 2011-12-14 21:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 53 | <li><a href="#machineinstrbundle"><tt>MachineInstr Bundles</tt></a></li> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | <li><a href="#mc">The "MC" Layer</a> |
| 57 | <ul> |
| 58 | <li><a href="#mcstreamer">The <tt>MCStreamer</tt> API</a></li> |
| 59 | <li><a href="#mccontext">The <tt>MCContext</tt> class</a> |
| 60 | <li><a href="#mcsymbol">The <tt>MCSymbol</tt> class</a></li> |
| 61 | <li><a href="#mcsection">The <tt>MCSection</tt> class</a></li> |
| 62 | <li><a href="#mcinst">The <tt>MCInst</tt> class</a></li> |
| 63 | </ul> |
| 64 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | <li><a href="#codegenalgs">Target-independent code generation algorithms</a> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | <ul> |
| 67 | <li><a href="#instselect">Instruction Selection</a> |
| 68 | <ul> |
| 69 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_intro">Introduction to SelectionDAGs</a></li> |
| 70 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_process">SelectionDAG Code Generation |
| 71 | Process</a></li> |
| 72 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_build">Initial SelectionDAG |
| 73 | Construction</a></li> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_legalize_types">SelectionDAG LegalizeTypes Phase</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_legalize">SelectionDAG Legalize Phase</a></li> |
| 76 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_optimize">SelectionDAG Optimization |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | Phase: the DAG Combiner</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_select">SelectionDAG Select Phase</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_sched">SelectionDAG Scheduling and Formation |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | Phase</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_future">Future directions for the |
| 82 | SelectionDAG</a></li> |
| 83 | </ul></li> |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | <li><a href="#liveintervals">Live Intervals</a> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | <ul> |
| 86 | <li><a href="#livevariable_analysis">Live Variable Analysis</a></li> |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | <li><a href="#liveintervals_analysis">Live Intervals Analysis</a></li> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | </ul></li> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | <li><a href="#regalloc">Register Allocation</a> |
| 90 | <ul> |
| 91 | <li><a href="#regAlloc_represent">How registers are represented in |
| 92 | LLVM</a></li> |
| 93 | <li><a href="#regAlloc_howTo">Mapping virtual registers to physical |
| 94 | registers</a></li> |
| 95 | <li><a href="#regAlloc_twoAddr">Handling two address instructions</a></li> |
| 96 | <li><a href="#regAlloc_ssaDecon">The SSA deconstruction phase</a></li> |
| 97 | <li><a href="#regAlloc_fold">Instruction folding</a></li> |
| 98 | <li><a href="#regAlloc_builtIn">Built in register allocators</a></li> |
| 99 | </ul></li> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | <li><a href="#codeemit">Code Emission</a></li> |
Anshuman Dasgupta | 6805b56 | 2011-12-06 23:12:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 101 | <li><a href="#vliw_packetizer">VLIW Packetizer</a> |
| 102 | <ul> |
| 103 | <li><a href="#vliw_mapping">Mapping from instructions to functional |
| 104 | units</a></li> |
| 105 | <li><a href="#vliw_repr">How the packetization tables are |
| 106 | generated and used</a></li> |
| 107 | </ul> |
| 108 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | <li><a href="#nativeassembler">Implementing a Native Assembler</a></li> |
| 112 | |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | <li><a href="#targetimpls">Target-specific Implementation Notes</a> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | <li><a href="#targetfeatures">Target Feature Matrix</a></li> |
Arnold Schwaighofer | 9097d14 | 2008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | <li><a href="#tailcallopt">Tail call optimization</a></li> |
Evan Cheng | dc444e9 | 2010-03-08 21:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | <li><a href="#sibcallopt">Sibling call optimization</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | <li><a href="#x86">The X86 backend</a></li> |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | <li><a href="#ppc">The PowerPC backend</a> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | <ul> |
| 121 | <li><a href="#ppc_abi">LLVM PowerPC ABI</a></li> |
| 122 | <li><a href="#ppc_frame">Frame Layout</a></li> |
| 123 | <li><a href="#ppc_prolog">Prolog/Epilog</a></li> |
| 124 | <li><a href="#ppc_dynamic">Dynamic Allocation</a></li> |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | </ul></li> |
Justin Holewinski | dceb002 | 2011-08-11 17:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | <li><a href="#ptx">The PTX backend</a></li> |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | </ul></li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | |
| 129 | </ol> |
| 130 | |
| 131 | <div class="doc_author"> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | <p>Written by the LLVM Team.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | </div> |
| 134 | |
Chris Lattner | 10d6800 | 2004-06-01 17:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | <div class="doc_warning"> |
| 136 | <p>Warning: This is a work in progress.</p> |
| 137 | </div> |
| 138 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 144 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | |
| 147 | <p>The LLVM target-independent code generator is a framework that provides a |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | suite of reusable components for translating the LLVM internal representation |
| 149 | to the machine code for a specified target—either in assembly form |
| 150 | (suitable for a static compiler) or in binary machine code format (usable for |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | a JIT compiler). The LLVM target-independent code generator consists of six |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | main components:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | |
| 154 | <ol> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | <li><a href="#targetdesc">Abstract target description</a> interfaces which |
| 156 | capture important properties about various aspects of the machine, |
| 157 | independently of how they will be used. These interfaces are defined in |
| 158 | <tt>include/llvm/Target/</tt>.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 | |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | <li>Classes used to represent the <a href="#codegendesc">code being |
| 161 | generated</a> for a target. These classes are intended to be abstract |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | enough to represent the machine code for <i>any</i> target machine. These |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | classes are defined in <tt>include/llvm/CodeGen/</tt>. At this level, |
| 164 | concepts like "constant pool entries" and "jump tables" are explicitly |
| 165 | exposed.</li> |
| 166 | |
| 167 | <li>Classes and algorithms used to represent code as the object file level, |
| 168 | the <a href="#mc">MC Layer</a>. These classes represent assembly level |
| 169 | constructs like labels, sections, and instructions. At this level, |
| 170 | concepts like "constant pool entries" and "jump tables" don't exist.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | <li><a href="#codegenalgs">Target-independent algorithms</a> used to implement |
| 173 | various phases of native code generation (register allocation, scheduling, |
| 174 | stack frame representation, etc). This code lives |
| 175 | in <tt>lib/CodeGen/</tt>.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | <li><a href="#targetimpls">Implementations of the abstract target description |
| 178 | interfaces</a> for particular targets. These machine descriptions make |
| 179 | use of the components provided by LLVM, and can optionally provide custom |
| 180 | target-specific passes, to build complete code generators for a specific |
| 181 | target. Target descriptions live in <tt>lib/Target/</tt>.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | <li><a href="#jit">The target-independent JIT components</a>. The LLVM JIT is |
| 184 | completely target independent (it uses the <tt>TargetJITInfo</tt> |
| 185 | structure to interface for target-specific issues. The code for the |
| 186 | target-independent JIT lives in <tt>lib/ExecutionEngine/JIT</tt>.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | </ol> |
| 188 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | <p>Depending on which part of the code generator you are interested in working |
| 190 | on, different pieces of this will be useful to you. In any case, you should |
| 191 | be familiar with the <a href="#targetdesc">target description</a> |
| 192 | and <a href="#codegendesc">machine code representation</a> classes. If you |
| 193 | want to add a backend for a new target, you will need |
| 194 | to <a href="#targetimpls">implement the target description</a> classes for |
| 195 | your new target and understand the <a href="LangRef.html">LLVM code |
| 196 | representation</a>. If you are interested in implementing a |
| 197 | new <a href="#codegenalgs">code generation algorithm</a>, it should only |
| 198 | depend on the target-description and machine code representation classes, |
| 199 | ensuring that it is portable.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | <a name="required">Required components in the code generator</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 204 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | |
| 208 | <p>The two pieces of the LLVM code generator are the high-level interface to the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | code generator and the set of reusable components that can be used to build |
| 210 | target-specific backends. The two most important interfaces |
| 211 | (<a href="#targetmachine"><tt>TargetMachine</tt></a> |
| 212 | and <a href="#targetdata"><tt>TargetData</tt></a>) are the only ones that are |
| 213 | required to be defined for a backend to fit into the LLVM system, but the |
| 214 | others must be defined if the reusable code generator components are going to |
| 215 | be used.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | |
| 217 | <p>This design has two important implications. The first is that LLVM can |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | support completely non-traditional code generation targets. For example, the |
| 219 | C backend does not require register allocation, instruction selection, or any |
| 220 | of the other standard components provided by the system. As such, it only |
| 221 | implements these two interfaces, and does its own thing. Another example of |
| 222 | a code generator like this is a (purely hypothetical) backend that converts |
| 223 | LLVM to the GCC RTL form and uses GCC to emit machine code for a target.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | <p>This design also implies that it is possible to design and implement |
| 226 | radically different code generators in the LLVM system that do not make use |
| 227 | of any of the built-in components. Doing so is not recommended at all, but |
| 228 | could be required for radically different targets that do not fit into the |
| 229 | LLVM machine description model: FPGAs for example.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 900bf8c | 2004-06-02 07:06:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | </div> |
| 232 | |
| 233 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 10d6800 | 2004-06-01 17:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 235 | <a name="high-level-design">The high-level design of the code generator</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | <p>The LLVM target-independent code generator is designed to support efficient |
| 241 | and quality code generation for standard register-based microprocessors. |
| 242 | Code generation in this model is divided into the following stages:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | |
| 244 | <ol> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 | <li><b><a href="#instselect">Instruction Selection</a></b> — This phase |
| 246 | determines an efficient way to express the input LLVM code in the target |
| 247 | instruction set. This stage produces the initial code for the program in |
| 248 | the target instruction set, then makes use of virtual registers in SSA |
| 249 | form and physical registers that represent any required register |
| 250 | assignments due to target constraints or calling conventions. This step |
| 251 | turns the LLVM code into a DAG of target instructions.</li> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | <li><b><a href="#selectiondag_sched">Scheduling and Formation</a></b> — |
| 254 | This phase takes the DAG of target instructions produced by the |
| 255 | instruction selection phase, determines an ordering of the instructions, |
| 256 | then emits the instructions |
| 257 | as <tt><a href="#machineinstr">MachineInstr</a></tt>s with that ordering. |
| 258 | Note that we describe this in the <a href="#instselect">instruction |
| 259 | selection section</a> because it operates on |
| 260 | a <a href="#selectiondag_intro">SelectionDAG</a>.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | <li><b><a href="#ssamco">SSA-based Machine Code Optimizations</a></b> — |
| 263 | This optional stage consists of a series of machine-code optimizations |
| 264 | that operate on the SSA-form produced by the instruction selector. |
| 265 | Optimizations like modulo-scheduling or peephole optimization work |
| 266 | here.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | <li><b><a href="#regalloc">Register Allocation</a></b> — The target code |
| 269 | is transformed from an infinite virtual register file in SSA form to the |
| 270 | concrete register file used by the target. This phase introduces spill |
| 271 | code and eliminates all virtual register references from the program.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | <li><b><a href="#proepicode">Prolog/Epilog Code Insertion</a></b> — Once |
| 274 | the machine code has been generated for the function and the amount of |
| 275 | stack space required is known (used for LLVM alloca's and spill slots), |
| 276 | the prolog and epilog code for the function can be inserted and "abstract |
| 277 | stack location references" can be eliminated. This stage is responsible |
| 278 | for implementing optimizations like frame-pointer elimination and stack |
| 279 | packing.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | <li><b><a href="#latemco">Late Machine Code Optimizations</a></b> — |
| 282 | Optimizations that operate on "final" machine code can go here, such as |
| 283 | spill code scheduling and peephole optimizations.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | <li><b><a href="#codeemit">Code Emission</a></b> — The final stage |
| 286 | actually puts out the code for the current function, either in the target |
| 287 | assembler format or in machine code.</li> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | </ol> |
| 289 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | <p>The code generator is based on the assumption that the instruction selector |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | will use an optimal pattern matching selector to create high-quality |
| 292 | sequences of native instructions. Alternative code generator designs based |
| 293 | on pattern expansion and aggressive iterative peephole optimization are much |
| 294 | slower. This design permits efficient compilation (important for JIT |
| 295 | environments) and aggressive optimization (used when generating code offline) |
| 296 | by allowing components of varying levels of sophistication to be used for any |
| 297 | step of compilation.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | <p>In addition to these stages, target implementations can insert arbitrary |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | target-specific passes into the flow. For example, the X86 target uses a |
| 301 | special pass to handle the 80x87 floating point stack architecture. Other |
| 302 | targets with unusual requirements can be supported with custom passes as |
| 303 | needed.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | |
| 305 | </div> |
| 306 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 10d6800 | 2004-06-01 17:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | <a name="tablegen">Using TableGen for target description</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | |
Chris Lattner | 5489e93 | 2004-06-01 18:35:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | <p>The target description classes require a detailed description of the target |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | architecture. These target descriptions often have a large amount of common |
| 316 | information (e.g., an <tt>add</tt> instruction is almost identical to a |
| 317 | <tt>sub</tt> instruction). In order to allow the maximum amount of |
| 318 | commonality to be factored out, the LLVM code generator uses |
| 319 | the <a href="TableGenFundamentals.html">TableGen</a> tool to describe big |
| 320 | chunks of the target machine, which allows the use of domain-specific and |
| 321 | target-specific abstractions to reduce the amount of repetition.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | <p>As LLVM continues to be developed and refined, we plan to move more and more |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | of the target description to the <tt>.td</tt> form. Doing so gives us a |
| 325 | number of advantages. The most important is that it makes it easier to port |
| 326 | LLVM because it reduces the amount of C++ code that has to be written, and |
| 327 | the surface area of the code generator that needs to be understood before |
| 328 | someone can get something working. Second, it makes it easier to change |
| 329 | things. In particular, if tables and other things are all emitted |
| 330 | by <tt>tblgen</tt>, we only need a change in one place (<tt>tblgen</tt>) to |
| 331 | update all of the targets to a new interface.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | </div> |
| 334 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | </div> |
| 336 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | <a name="targetdesc">Target description classes</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 342 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 344 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | <p>The LLVM target description classes (located in the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 346 | <tt>include/llvm/Target</tt> directory) provide an abstract description of |
| 347 | the target machine independent of any particular client. These classes are |
| 348 | designed to capture the <i>abstract</i> properties of the target (such as the |
| 349 | instructions and registers it has), and do not incorporate any particular |
| 350 | pieces of code generation algorithms.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | <p>All of the target description classes (except the |
| 353 | <tt><a href="#targetdata">TargetData</a></tt> class) are designed to be |
| 354 | subclassed by the concrete target implementation, and have virtual methods |
| 355 | implemented. To get to these implementations, the |
| 356 | <tt><a href="#targetmachine">TargetMachine</a></tt> class provides accessors |
| 357 | that should be implemented by the target.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | <a name="targetmachine">The <tt>TargetMachine</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | |
| 366 | <p>The <tt>TargetMachine</tt> class provides virtual methods that are used to |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | access the target-specific implementations of the various target description |
| 368 | classes via the <tt>get*Info</tt> methods (<tt>getInstrInfo</tt>, |
| 369 | <tt>getRegisterInfo</tt>, <tt>getFrameInfo</tt>, etc.). This class is |
| 370 | designed to be specialized by a concrete target implementation |
| 371 | (e.g., <tt>X86TargetMachine</tt>) which implements the various virtual |
| 372 | methods. The only required target description class is |
| 373 | the <a href="#targetdata"><tt>TargetData</tt></a> class, but if the code |
| 374 | generator components are to be used, the other interfaces should be |
| 375 | implemented as well.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | |
| 377 | </div> |
| 378 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | <a name="targetdata">The <tt>TargetData</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 384 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | |
| 386 | <p>The <tt>TargetData</tt> class is the only required target description class, |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 387 | and it is the only class that is not extensible (you cannot derived a new |
| 388 | class from it). <tt>TargetData</tt> specifies information about how the |
| 389 | target lays out memory for structures, the alignment requirements for various |
| 390 | data types, the size of pointers in the target, and whether the target is |
| 391 | little-endian or big-endian.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | |
| 393 | </div> |
| 394 | |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | <a name="targetlowering">The <tt>TargetLowering</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | |
| 402 | <p>The <tt>TargetLowering</tt> class is used by SelectionDAG based instruction |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | selectors primarily to describe how LLVM code should be lowered to |
| 404 | SelectionDAG operations. Among other things, this class indicates:</p> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | |
| 406 | <ul> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | <li>an initial register class to use for various <tt>ValueType</tt>s,</li> |
| 408 | |
| 409 | <li>which operations are natively supported by the target machine,</li> |
| 410 | |
| 411 | <li>the return type of <tt>setcc</tt> operations,</li> |
| 412 | |
| 413 | <li>the type to use for shift amounts, and</li> |
| 414 | |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | <li>various high-level characteristics, like whether it is profitable to turn |
| 416 | division by a constant into a multiplication sequence</li> |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | |
| 419 | </div> |
| 420 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | <h3> |
Dan Gohman | 6f0d024 | 2008-02-10 18:45:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | <a name="targetregisterinfo">The <tt>TargetRegisterInfo</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | <p>The <tt>TargetRegisterInfo</tt> class is used to describe the register file |
| 429 | of the target and any interactions between the registers.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | |
| 431 | <p>Registers in the code generator are represented in the code generator by |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | unsigned integers. Physical registers (those that actually exist in the |
| 433 | target description) are unique small numbers, and virtual registers are |
| 434 | generally large. Note that register #0 is reserved as a flag value.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | |
| 436 | <p>Each register in the processor description has an associated |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | <tt>TargetRegisterDesc</tt> entry, which provides a textual name for the |
| 438 | register (used for assembly output and debugging dumps) and a set of aliases |
| 439 | (used to indicate whether one register overlaps with another).</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | |
Dan Gohman | 6f0d024 | 2008-02-10 18:45:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | <p>In addition to the per-register description, the <tt>TargetRegisterInfo</tt> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | class exposes a set of processor specific register classes (instances of the |
| 443 | <tt>TargetRegisterClass</tt> class). Each register class contains sets of |
| 444 | registers that have the same properties (for example, they are all 32-bit |
| 445 | integer registers). Each SSA virtual register created by the instruction |
| 446 | selector has an associated register class. When the register allocator runs, |
| 447 | it replaces virtual registers with a physical register in the set.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | <p>The target-specific implementations of these classes is auto-generated from |
| 450 | a <a href="TableGenFundamentals.html">TableGen</a> description of the |
| 451 | register file.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | |
| 453 | </div> |
| 454 | |
| 455 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 10d6800 | 2004-06-01 17:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | <a name="targetinstrinfo">The <tt>TargetInstrInfo</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 461 | |
| 462 | <p>The <tt>TargetInstrInfo</tt> class is used to describe the machine |
| 463 | instructions supported by the target. It is essentially an array of |
| 464 | <tt>TargetInstrDescriptor</tt> objects, each of which describes one |
| 465 | instruction the target supports. Descriptors define things like the mnemonic |
| 466 | for the opcode, the number of operands, the list of implicit register uses |
| 467 | and defs, whether the instruction has certain target-independent properties |
| 468 | (accesses memory, is commutable, etc), and holds any target-specific |
| 469 | flags.</p> |
| 470 | |
Reid Spencer | 627cd00 | 2005-07-19 01:36:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | </div> |
| 472 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 10d6800 | 2004-06-01 17:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | <a name="targetframeinfo">The <tt>TargetFrameInfo</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 478 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | |
| 480 | <p>The <tt>TargetFrameInfo</tt> class is used to provide information about the |
| 481 | stack frame layout of the target. It holds the direction of stack growth, the |
| 482 | known stack alignment on entry to each function, and the offset to the local |
| 483 | area. The offset to the local area is the offset from the stack pointer on |
| 484 | function entry to the first location where function data (local variables, |
| 485 | spill locations) can be stored.</p> |
| 486 | |
Reid Spencer | 627cd00 | 2005-07-19 01:36:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 47adebb | 2005-10-16 17:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | |
| 489 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 47adebb | 2005-10-16 17:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | <a name="targetsubtarget">The <tt>TargetSubtarget</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | 47adebb | 2005-10-16 17:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | |
| 496 | <p>The <tt>TargetSubtarget</tt> class is used to provide information about the |
| 497 | specific chip set being targeted. A sub-target informs code generation of |
| 498 | which instructions are supported, instruction latencies and instruction |
| 499 | execution itinerary; i.e., which processing units are used, in what order, |
| 500 | and for how long.</p> |
| 501 | |
Chris Lattner | 47adebb | 2005-10-16 17:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | </div> |
| 503 | |
| 504 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 10d6800 | 2004-06-01 17:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | <a name="targetjitinfo">The <tt>TargetJITInfo</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | |
| 512 | <p>The <tt>TargetJITInfo</tt> class exposes an abstract interface used by the |
| 513 | Just-In-Time code generator to perform target-specific activities, such as |
| 514 | emitting stubs. If a <tt>TargetMachine</tt> supports JIT code generation, it |
| 515 | should provide one of these objects through the <tt>getJITInfo</tt> |
| 516 | method.</p> |
| 517 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | </div> |
| 519 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | </div> |
| 521 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | <a name="codegendesc">Machine code description classes</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 527 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | <p>At the high-level, LLVM code is translated to a machine specific |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | representation formed out of |
| 532 | <a href="#machinefunction"><tt>MachineFunction</tt></a>, |
| 533 | <a href="#machinebasicblock"><tt>MachineBasicBlock</tt></a>, |
| 534 | and <a href="#machineinstr"><tt>MachineInstr</tt></a> instances (defined |
| 535 | in <tt>include/llvm/CodeGen</tt>). This representation is completely target |
| 536 | agnostic, representing instructions in their most abstract form: an opcode |
| 537 | and a series of operands. This representation is designed to support both an |
| 538 | SSA representation for machine code, as well as a register allocated, non-SSA |
| 539 | form.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | <a name="machineinstr">The <tt>MachineInstr</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | |
| 548 | <p>Target machine instructions are represented as instances of the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | <tt>MachineInstr</tt> class. This class is an extremely abstract way of |
| 550 | representing machine instructions. In particular, it only keeps track of an |
| 551 | opcode number and a set of operands.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | <p>The opcode number is a simple unsigned integer that only has meaning to a |
| 554 | specific backend. All of the instructions for a target should be defined in |
| 555 | the <tt>*InstrInfo.td</tt> file for the target. The opcode enum values are |
| 556 | auto-generated from this description. The <tt>MachineInstr</tt> class does |
| 557 | not have any information about how to interpret the instruction (i.e., what |
| 558 | the semantics of the instruction are); for that you must refer to the |
| 559 | <tt><a href="#targetinstrinfo">TargetInstrInfo</a></tt> class.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | <p>The operands of a machine instruction can be of several different types: a |
| 562 | register reference, a constant integer, a basic block reference, etc. In |
| 563 | addition, a machine operand should be marked as a def or a use of the value |
| 564 | (though only registers are allowed to be defs).</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | |
| 566 | <p>By convention, the LLVM code generator orders instruction operands so that |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | all register definitions come before the register uses, even on architectures |
| 568 | that are normally printed in other orders. For example, the SPARC add |
| 569 | instruction: "<tt>add %i1, %i2, %i3</tt>" adds the "%i1", and "%i2" registers |
| 570 | and stores the result into the "%i3" register. In the LLVM code generator, |
| 571 | the operands should be stored as "<tt>%i3, %i1, %i2</tt>": with the |
| 572 | destination first.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | <p>Keeping destination (definition) operands at the beginning of the operand |
| 575 | list has several advantages. In particular, the debugging printer will print |
| 576 | the instruction like this:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | %r3 = add %i1, %i2 |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | <p>Also if the first operand is a def, it is easier to <a href="#buildmi">create |
| 585 | instructions</a> whose only def is the first operand.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | <a name="buildmi">Using the <tt>MachineInstrBuilder.h</tt> functions</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 593 | |
| 594 | <p>Machine instructions are created by using the <tt>BuildMI</tt> functions, |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | located in the <tt>include/llvm/CodeGen/MachineInstrBuilder.h</tt> file. The |
| 596 | <tt>BuildMI</tt> functions make it easy to build arbitrary machine |
| 597 | instructions. Usage of the <tt>BuildMI</tt> functions look like this:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | // Create a 'DestReg = mov 42' (rendered in X86 assembly as 'mov DestReg, 42') |
| 602 | // instruction. The '1' specifies how many operands will be added. |
| 603 | MachineInstr *MI = BuildMI(X86::MOV32ri, 1, DestReg).addImm(42); |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | // Create the same instr, but insert it at the end of a basic block. |
| 606 | MachineBasicBlock &MBB = ... |
| 607 | BuildMI(MBB, X86::MOV32ri, 1, DestReg).addImm(42); |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | // Create the same instr, but insert it before a specified iterator point. |
| 610 | MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI = ... |
| 611 | BuildMI(MBB, MBBI, X86::MOV32ri, 1, DestReg).addImm(42); |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | // Create a 'cmp Reg, 0' instruction, no destination reg. |
| 614 | MI = BuildMI(X86::CMP32ri, 2).addReg(Reg).addImm(0); |
| 615 | // Create an 'sahf' instruction which takes no operands and stores nothing. |
| 616 | MI = BuildMI(X86::SAHF, 0); |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | // Create a self looping branch instruction. |
| 619 | BuildMI(MBB, X86::JNE, 1).addMBB(&MBB); |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 622 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | <p>The key thing to remember with the <tt>BuildMI</tt> functions is that you |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | have to specify the number of operands that the machine instruction will |
| 625 | take. This allows for efficient memory allocation. You also need to specify |
| 626 | if operands default to be uses of values, not definitions. If you need to |
| 627 | add a definition operand (other than the optional destination register), you |
| 628 | must explicitly mark it as such:</p> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | |
| 630 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 631 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 587daed | 2009-05-13 21:33:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | MI.addReg(Reg, RegState::Define); |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | </pre> |
| 634 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | |
| 636 | </div> |
| 637 | |
| 638 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | <h4> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | <a name="fixedregs">Fixed (preassigned) registers</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | |
| 645 | <p>One important issue that the code generator needs to be aware of is the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | presence of fixed registers. In particular, there are often places in the |
| 647 | instruction stream where the register allocator <em>must</em> arrange for a |
| 648 | particular value to be in a particular register. This can occur due to |
| 649 | limitations of the instruction set (e.g., the X86 can only do a 32-bit divide |
| 650 | with the <tt>EAX</tt>/<tt>EDX</tt> registers), or external factors like |
| 651 | calling conventions. In any case, the instruction selector should emit code |
| 652 | that copies a virtual register into or out of a physical register when |
| 653 | needed.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | |
| 655 | <p>For example, consider this simple LLVM example:</p> |
| 656 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | <pre> |
Matthijs Kooijman | 61399af | 2008-06-04 15:46:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | define i32 @test(i32 %X, i32 %Y) { |
| 660 | %Z = udiv i32 %X, %Y |
| 661 | ret i32 %Z |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | } |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | <p>The X86 instruction selector produces this machine code for the <tt>div</tt> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | and <tt>ret</tt> (use "<tt>llc X.bc -march=x86 -print-machineinstrs</tt>" to |
| 668 | get this):</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | ;; Start of div |
| 673 | %EAX = mov %reg1024 ;; Copy X (in reg1024) into EAX |
| 674 | %reg1027 = sar %reg1024, 31 |
| 675 | %EDX = mov %reg1027 ;; Sign extend X into EDX |
| 676 | idiv %reg1025 ;; Divide by Y (in reg1025) |
| 677 | %reg1026 = mov %EAX ;; Read the result (Z) out of EAX |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | ;; Start of ret |
| 680 | %EAX = mov %reg1026 ;; 32-bit return value goes in EAX |
| 681 | ret |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | <p>By the end of code generation, the register allocator has coalesced the |
| 686 | registers and deleted the resultant identity moves producing the following |
| 687 | code:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | ;; X is in EAX, Y is in ECX |
| 692 | mov %EAX, %EDX |
| 693 | sar %EDX, 31 |
| 694 | idiv %ECX |
| 695 | ret |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | <p>This approach is extremely general (if it can handle the X86 architecture, it |
| 700 | can handle anything!) and allows all of the target specific knowledge about |
| 701 | the instruction stream to be isolated in the instruction selector. Note that |
| 702 | physical registers should have a short lifetime for good code generation, and |
| 703 | all physical registers are assumed dead on entry to and exit from basic |
| 704 | blocks (before register allocation). Thus, if you need a value to be live |
| 705 | across basic block boundaries, it <em>must</em> live in a virtual |
| 706 | register.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | |
| 708 | </div> |
| 709 | |
| 710 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | <a name="ssa">Machine code in SSA form</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | <p><tt>MachineInstr</tt>'s are initially selected in SSA-form, and are |
| 718 | maintained in SSA-form until register allocation happens. For the most part, |
| 719 | this is trivially simple since LLVM is already in SSA form; LLVM PHI nodes |
| 720 | become machine code PHI nodes, and virtual registers are only allowed to have |
| 721 | a single definition.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | <p>After register allocation, machine code is no longer in SSA-form because |
| 724 | there are no virtual registers left in the code.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | |
| 726 | </div> |
| 727 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | </div> |
| 729 | |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | <a name="machinebasicblock">The <tt>MachineBasicBlock</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | |
| 737 | <p>The <tt>MachineBasicBlock</tt> class contains a list of machine instructions |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | (<tt><a href="#machineinstr">MachineInstr</a></tt> instances). It roughly |
| 739 | corresponds to the LLVM code input to the instruction selector, but there can |
| 740 | be a one-to-many mapping (i.e. one LLVM basic block can map to multiple |
| 741 | machine basic blocks). The <tt>MachineBasicBlock</tt> class has a |
| 742 | "<tt>getBasicBlock</tt>" method, which returns the LLVM basic block that it |
| 743 | comes from.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | |
| 745 | </div> |
| 746 | |
| 747 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | <a name="machinefunction">The <tt>MachineFunction</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | |
| 754 | <p>The <tt>MachineFunction</tt> class contains a list of machine basic blocks |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | (<tt><a href="#machinebasicblock">MachineBasicBlock</a></tt> instances). It |
| 756 | corresponds one-to-one with the LLVM function input to the instruction |
| 757 | selector. In addition to a list of basic blocks, |
| 758 | the <tt>MachineFunction</tt> contains a a <tt>MachineConstantPool</tt>, |
| 759 | a <tt>MachineFrameInfo</tt>, a <tt>MachineFunctionInfo</tt>, and a |
| 760 | <tt>MachineRegisterInfo</tt>. See |
| 761 | <tt>include/llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunction.h</tt> for more information.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | |
| 763 | </div> |
| 764 | |
Evan Cheng | 2e9c724 | 2011-12-14 21:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 765 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 766 | <h3> |
| 767 | <a name="machineinstrbundle"><tt>MachineInstr Bundles</tt></a> |
| 768 | </h3> |
| 769 | |
| 770 | <div> |
| 771 | |
| 772 | <p>LLVM code generator can model sequences of instructions as MachineInstr |
| 773 | bundles. A MI bundle can model a VLIW group / pack which contains an |
| 774 | arbitrary number of parallel instructions. It can also be used to model |
| 775 | a sequential list of instructions (potentially with data dependencies) that |
| 776 | cannot be legally separated (e.g. ARM Thumb2 IT blocks).</p> |
| 777 | |
| 778 | <p>Conceptually a MI bundle is a MI with a number of other MIs nested within: |
| 779 | </p> |
| 780 | |
| 781 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 782 | <pre> |
| 783 | -------------- |
| 784 | | Bundle | --------- |
| 785 | -------------- \ |
| 786 | | ---------------- |
| 787 | | | MI | |
| 788 | | ---------------- |
| 789 | | | |
| 790 | | ---------------- |
| 791 | | | MI | |
| 792 | | ---------------- |
| 793 | | | |
| 794 | | ---------------- |
| 795 | | | MI | |
| 796 | | ---------------- |
| 797 | | |
| 798 | -------------- |
| 799 | | Bundle | -------- |
| 800 | -------------- \ |
| 801 | | ---------------- |
| 802 | | | MI | |
| 803 | | ---------------- |
| 804 | | | |
| 805 | | ---------------- |
| 806 | | | MI | |
| 807 | | ---------------- |
| 808 | | | |
| 809 | | ... |
| 810 | | |
| 811 | -------------- |
| 812 | | Bundle | -------- |
| 813 | -------------- \ |
| 814 | | |
| 815 | ... |
| 816 | </pre> |
| 817 | </div> |
| 818 | |
| 819 | <p> MI bundle support does not change the physical representations of |
| 820 | MachineBasicBlock and MachineInstr. All the MIs (including top level and |
| 821 | nested ones) are stored as sequential list of MIs. The "bundled" MIs are |
| 822 | marked with the 'InsideBundle' flag. A top level MI with the special BUNDLE |
| 823 | opcode is used to represent the start of a bundle. It's legal to mix BUNDLE |
| 824 | MIs with indiviual MIs that are not inside bundles nor represent bundles. |
| 825 | </p> |
| 826 | |
| 827 | <p> MachineInstr passes should operate on a MI bundle as a single unit. Member |
| 828 | methods have been taught to correctly handle bundles and MIs inside bundles. |
| 829 | The MachineBasicBlock iterator has been modified to skip over bundled MIs to |
| 830 | enforce the bundle-as-a-single-unit concept. An alternative iterator |
| 831 | instr_iterator has been added to MachineBasicBlock to allow passes to |
| 832 | iterate over all of the MIs in a MachineBasicBlock, including those which |
| 833 | are nested inside bundles. The top level BUNDLE instruction must have the |
| 834 | correct set of register MachineOperand's that represent the cumulative |
| 835 | inputs and outputs of the bundled MIs.</p> |
| 836 | |
| 837 | <p> Packing / bundling of MachineInstr's should be done as part of the register |
| 838 | allocation super-pass. More specifically, the pass which determines what |
| 839 | MIs should be bundled together must be done after code generator exits SSA |
| 840 | form (i.e. after two-address pass, PHI elimination, and copy coalescing). |
| 841 | Bundles should only be finalized (i.e. adding BUNDLE MIs and input and |
| 842 | output register MachineOperands) after virtual registers have been |
| 843 | rewritten into physical registers. This requirement eliminates the need to |
| 844 | add virtual register operands to BUNDLE instructions which would effectively |
| 845 | double the virtual register def and use lists.</p> |
| 846 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | |
| 849 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | <a name="mc">The "MC" Layer</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 854 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | |
| 857 | <p> |
| 858 | The MC Layer is used to represent and process code at the raw machine code |
| 859 | level, devoid of "high level" information like "constant pools", "jump tables", |
| 860 | "global variables" or anything like that. At this level, LLVM handles things |
| 861 | like label names, machine instructions, and sections in the object file. The |
| 862 | code in this layer is used for a number of important purposes: the tail end of |
| 863 | the code generator uses it to write a .s or .o file, and it is also used by the |
Jay Foad | d61895a | 2011-04-13 13:03:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | llvm-mc tool to implement standalone machine code assemblers and disassemblers. |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | </p> |
| 866 | |
| 867 | <p> |
| 868 | This section describes some of the important classes. There are also a number |
| 869 | of important subsystems that interact at this layer, they are described later |
| 870 | in this manual. |
| 871 | </p> |
| 872 | |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | <a name="mcstreamer">The <tt>MCStreamer</tt> API</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | |
| 880 | <p> |
| 881 | MCStreamer is best thought of as an assembler API. It is an abstract API which |
| 882 | is <em>implemented</em> in different ways (e.g. to output a .s file, output an |
| 883 | ELF .o file, etc) but whose API correspond directly to what you see in a .s |
| 884 | file. MCStreamer has one method per directive, such as EmitLabel, |
| 885 | EmitSymbolAttribute, SwitchSection, EmitValue (for .byte, .word), etc, which |
| 886 | directly correspond to assembly level directives. It also has an |
| 887 | EmitInstruction method, which is used to output an MCInst to the streamer. |
| 888 | </p> |
| 889 | |
| 890 | <p> |
| 891 | This API is most important for two clients: the llvm-mc stand-alone assembler is |
| 892 | effectively a parser that parses a line, then invokes a method on MCStreamer. In |
| 893 | the code generator, the <a href="#codeemit">Code Emission</a> phase of the code |
| 894 | generator lowers higher level LLVM IR and Machine* constructs down to the MC |
| 895 | layer, emitting directives through MCStreamer.</p> |
| 896 | |
| 897 | <p> |
| 898 | On the implementation side of MCStreamer, there are two major implementations: |
| 899 | one for writing out a .s file (MCAsmStreamer), and one for writing out a .o |
| 900 | file (MCObjectStreamer). MCAsmStreamer is a straight-forward implementation |
| 901 | that prints out a directive for each method (e.g. EmitValue -> .byte), but |
| 902 | MCObjectStreamer implements a full assembler. |
| 903 | </p> |
| 904 | |
| 905 | </div> |
| 906 | |
| 907 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | <a name="mccontext">The <tt>MCContext</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | |
| 914 | <p> |
| 915 | The MCContext class is the owner of a variety of uniqued data structures at the |
| 916 | MC layer, including symbols, sections, etc. As such, this is the class that you |
| 917 | interact with to create symbols and sections. This class can not be subclassed. |
| 918 | </p> |
| 919 | |
| 920 | </div> |
| 921 | |
| 922 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | <a name="mcsymbol">The <tt>MCSymbol</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | |
| 929 | <p> |
| 930 | The MCSymbol class represents a symbol (aka label) in the assembly file. There |
| 931 | are two interesting kinds of symbols: assembler temporary symbols, and normal |
| 932 | symbols. Assembler temporary symbols are used and processed by the assembler |
| 933 | but are discarded when the object file is produced. The distinction is usually |
| 934 | represented by adding a prefix to the label, for example "L" labels are |
| 935 | assembler temporary labels in MachO. |
| 936 | </p> |
| 937 | |
| 938 | <p>MCSymbols are created by MCContext and uniqued there. This means that |
| 939 | MCSymbols can be compared for pointer equivalence to find out if they are the |
| 940 | same symbol. Note that pointer inequality does not guarantee the labels will |
| 941 | end up at different addresses though. It's perfectly legal to output something |
| 942 | like this to the .s file:<p> |
| 943 | |
| 944 | <pre> |
| 945 | foo: |
| 946 | bar: |
| 947 | .byte 4 |
| 948 | </pre> |
| 949 | |
| 950 | <p>In this case, both the foo and bar symbols will have the same address.</p> |
| 951 | |
| 952 | </div> |
| 953 | |
| 954 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | <a name="mcsection">The <tt>MCSection</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | |
| 961 | <p> |
| 962 | The MCSection class represents an object-file specific section. It is subclassed |
| 963 | by object file specific implementations (e.g. <tt>MCSectionMachO</tt>, |
| 964 | <tt>MCSectionCOFF</tt>, <tt>MCSectionELF</tt>) and these are created and uniqued |
| 965 | by MCContext. The MCStreamer has a notion of the current section, which can be |
| 966 | changed with the SwitchToSection method (which corresponds to a ".section" |
| 967 | directive in a .s file). |
| 968 | </p> |
| 969 | |
| 970 | </div> |
| 971 | |
| 972 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | <h3> |
Benjamin Kramer | 943beeb | 2010-10-30 21:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | <a name="mcinst">The <tt>MCInst</tt> class</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | |
| 979 | <p> |
| 980 | The MCInst class is a target-independent representation of an instruction. It |
| 981 | is a simple class (much more so than <a href="#machineinstr">MachineInstr</a>) |
| 982 | that holds a target-specific opcode and a vector of MCOperands. MCOperand, in |
| 983 | turn, is a simple discriminated union of three cases: 1) a simple immediate, |
| 984 | 2) a target register ID, 3) a symbolic expression (e.g. "Lfoo-Lbar+42") as an |
| 985 | MCExpr. |
| 986 | </p> |
| 987 | |
| 988 | <p>MCInst is the common currency used to represent machine instructions at the |
| 989 | MC layer. It is the type used by the instruction encoder, the instruction |
| 990 | printer, and the type generated by the assembly parser and disassembler. |
| 991 | </p> |
| 992 | |
| 993 | </div> |
| 994 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | <a name="codegenalgs">Target-independent code generation algorithms</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 1002 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | <p>This section documents the phases described in the |
| 1006 | <a href="#high-level-design">high-level design of the code generator</a>. |
| 1007 | It explains how they work and some of the rationale behind their design.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | <a name="instselect">Instruction Selection</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | <p>Instruction Selection is the process of translating LLVM code presented to |
| 1017 | the code generator into target-specific machine instructions. There are |
| 1018 | several well-known ways to do this in the literature. LLVM uses a |
| 1019 | SelectionDAG based instruction selector.</p> |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | <p>Portions of the DAG instruction selector are generated from the target |
| 1022 | description (<tt>*.td</tt>) files. Our goal is for the entire instruction |
| 1023 | selector to be generated from these <tt>.td</tt> files, though currently |
| 1024 | there are still things that require custom C++ code.</p> |
| 1025 | |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | <a name="selectiondag_intro">Introduction to SelectionDAGs</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 | <p>The SelectionDAG provides an abstraction for code representation in a way |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | that is amenable to instruction selection using automatic techniques |
| 1035 | (e.g. dynamic-programming based optimal pattern matching selectors). It is |
| 1036 | also well-suited to other phases of code generation; in particular, |
| 1037 | instruction scheduling (SelectionDAG's are very close to scheduling DAGs |
| 1038 | post-selection). Additionally, the SelectionDAG provides a host |
| 1039 | representation where a large variety of very-low-level (but |
| 1040 | target-independent) <a href="#selectiondag_optimize">optimizations</a> may be |
| 1041 | performed; ones which require extensive information about the instructions |
| 1042 | efficiently supported by the target.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | <p>The SelectionDAG is a Directed-Acyclic-Graph whose nodes are instances of the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | <tt>SDNode</tt> class. The primary payload of the <tt>SDNode</tt> is its |
| 1046 | operation code (Opcode) that indicates what operation the node performs and |
| 1047 | the operands to the operation. The various operation node types are |
| 1048 | described at the top of the <tt>include/llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h</tt> |
| 1049 | file.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | <p>Although most operations define a single value, each node in the graph may |
| 1052 | define multiple values. For example, a combined div/rem operation will |
| 1053 | define both the dividend and the remainder. Many other situations require |
| 1054 | multiple values as well. Each node also has some number of operands, which |
| 1055 | are edges to the node defining the used value. Because nodes may define |
| 1056 | multiple values, edges are represented by instances of the <tt>SDValue</tt> |
| 1057 | class, which is a <tt><SDNode, unsigned></tt> pair, indicating the node |
| 1058 | and result value being used, respectively. Each value produced by |
| 1059 | an <tt>SDNode</tt> has an associated <tt>MVT</tt> (Machine Value Type) |
| 1060 | indicating what the type of the value is.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | <p>SelectionDAGs contain two different kinds of values: those that represent |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | data flow and those that represent control flow dependencies. Data values |
| 1064 | are simple edges with an integer or floating point value type. Control edges |
| 1065 | are represented as "chain" edges which are of type <tt>MVT::Other</tt>. |
| 1066 | These edges provide an ordering between nodes that have side effects (such as |
| 1067 | loads, stores, calls, returns, etc). All nodes that have side effects should |
| 1068 | take a token chain as input and produce a new one as output. By convention, |
| 1069 | token chain inputs are always operand #0, and chain results are always the |
| 1070 | last value produced by an operation.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | <p>A SelectionDAG has designated "Entry" and "Root" nodes. The Entry node is |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | always a marker node with an Opcode of <tt>ISD::EntryToken</tt>. The Root |
| 1074 | node is the final side-effecting node in the token chain. For example, in a |
| 1075 | single basic block function it would be the return node.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | <p>One important concept for SelectionDAGs is the notion of a "legal" vs. |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | "illegal" DAG. A legal DAG for a target is one that only uses supported |
| 1079 | operations and supported types. On a 32-bit PowerPC, for example, a DAG with |
| 1080 | a value of type i1, i8, i16, or i64 would be illegal, as would a DAG that |
| 1081 | uses a SREM or UREM operation. The |
| 1082 | <a href="#selectinodag_legalize_types">legalize types</a> and |
| 1083 | <a href="#selectiondag_legalize">legalize operations</a> phases are |
| 1084 | responsible for turning an illegal DAG into a legal DAG.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | </div> |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | <h4> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | <a name="selectiondag_process">SelectionDAG Instruction Selection Process</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | <p>SelectionDAG-based instruction selection consists of the following steps:</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | |
| 1097 | <ol> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_build">Build initial DAG</a> — This stage |
| 1099 | performs a simple translation from the input LLVM code to an illegal |
| 1100 | SelectionDAG.</li> |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_optimize">Optimize SelectionDAG</a> — This |
| 1103 | stage performs simple optimizations on the SelectionDAG to simplify it, |
| 1104 | and recognize meta instructions (like rotates |
| 1105 | and <tt>div</tt>/<tt>rem</tt> pairs) for targets that support these meta |
| 1106 | operations. This makes the resultant code more efficient and |
| 1107 | the <a href="#selectiondag_select">select instructions from DAG</a> phase |
| 1108 | (below) simpler.</li> |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_legalize_types">Legalize SelectionDAG Types</a> |
| 1111 | — This stage transforms SelectionDAG nodes to eliminate any types |
| 1112 | that are unsupported on the target.</li> |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_optimize">Optimize SelectionDAG</a> — The |
| 1115 | SelectionDAG optimizer is run to clean up redundancies exposed by type |
| 1116 | legalization.</li> |
| 1117 | |
Chris Lattner | 7138863 | 2010-12-12 02:42:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_legalize">Legalize SelectionDAG Ops</a> — |
Chris Lattner | 4c247f6 | 2010-12-13 00:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | This stage transforms SelectionDAG nodes to eliminate any operations |
| 1120 | that are unsupported on the target.</li> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | |
| 1122 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_optimize">Optimize SelectionDAG</a> — The |
| 1123 | SelectionDAG optimizer is run to eliminate inefficiencies introduced by |
| 1124 | operation legalization.</li> |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_select">Select instructions from DAG</a> — |
| 1127 | Finally, the target instruction selector matches the DAG operations to |
| 1128 | target instructions. This process translates the target-independent input |
| 1129 | DAG into another DAG of target instructions.</li> |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | <li><a href="#selectiondag_sched">SelectionDAG Scheduling and Formation</a> |
| 1132 | — The last phase assigns a linear order to the instructions in the |
| 1133 | target-instruction DAG and emits them into the MachineFunction being |
| 1134 | compiled. This step uses traditional prepass scheduling techniques.</li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | </ol> |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | <p>After all of these steps are complete, the SelectionDAG is destroyed and the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | rest of the code generation passes are run.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | <p>One great way to visualize what is going on here is to take advantage of a |
| 1141 | few LLC command line options. The following options pop up a window |
| 1142 | displaying the SelectionDAG at specific times (if you only get errors printed |
| 1143 | to the console while using this, you probably |
| 1144 | <a href="ProgrammersManual.html#ViewGraph">need to configure your system</a> |
| 1145 | to add support for it).</p> |
Dan Gohman | 8c9c55f | 2008-09-10 22:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | |
| 1147 | <ul> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | <li><tt>-view-dag-combine1-dags</tt> displays the DAG after being built, |
| 1149 | before the first optimization pass.</li> |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | <li><tt>-view-legalize-dags</tt> displays the DAG before Legalization.</li> |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | <li><tt>-view-dag-combine2-dags</tt> displays the DAG before the second |
| 1154 | optimization pass.</li> |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | <li><tt>-view-isel-dags</tt> displays the DAG before the Select phase.</li> |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | <li><tt>-view-sched-dags</tt> displays the DAG before Scheduling.</li> |
Dan Gohman | 8c9c55f | 2008-09-10 22:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | </ul> |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | <p>The <tt>-view-sunit-dags</tt> displays the Scheduler's dependency graph. |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | This graph is based on the final SelectionDAG, with nodes that must be |
| 1163 | scheduled together bundled into a single scheduling-unit node, and with |
| 1164 | immediate operands and other nodes that aren't relevant for scheduling |
| 1165 | omitted.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | </div> |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | <a name="selectiondag_build">Initial SelectionDAG Construction</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | |
Bill Wendling | 1644877 | 2006-08-28 03:04:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | <p>The initial SelectionDAG is naïvely peephole expanded from the LLVM |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | input by the <tt>SelectionDAGLowering</tt> class in the |
| 1178 | <tt>lib/CodeGen/SelectionDAG/SelectionDAGISel.cpp</tt> file. The intent of |
| 1179 | this pass is to expose as much low-level, target-specific details to the |
| 1180 | SelectionDAG as possible. This pass is mostly hard-coded (e.g. an |
| 1181 | LLVM <tt>add</tt> turns into an <tt>SDNode add</tt> while a |
| 1182 | <tt>getelementptr</tt> is expanded into the obvious arithmetic). This pass |
| 1183 | requires target-specific hooks to lower calls, returns, varargs, etc. For |
| 1184 | these features, the <tt><a href="#targetlowering">TargetLowering</a></tt> |
| 1185 | interface is used.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | |
| 1187 | </div> |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | <h4> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | <a name="selectiondag_legalize_types">SelectionDAG LegalizeTypes Phase</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | </h4> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | <div> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | |
| 1196 | <p>The Legalize phase is in charge of converting a DAG to only use the types |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | that are natively supported by the target.</p> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | <p>There are two main ways of converting values of unsupported scalar types to |
| 1200 | values of supported types: converting small types to larger types |
| 1201 | ("promoting"), and breaking up large integer types into smaller ones |
| 1202 | ("expanding"). For example, a target might require that all f32 values are |
| 1203 | promoted to f64 and that all i1/i8/i16 values are promoted to i32. The same |
| 1204 | target might require that all i64 values be expanded into pairs of i32 |
| 1205 | values. These changes can insert sign and zero extensions as needed to make |
| 1206 | sure that the final code has the same behavior as the input.</p> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | <p>There are two main ways of converting values of unsupported vector types to |
| 1209 | value of supported types: splitting vector types, multiple times if |
| 1210 | necessary, until a legal type is found, and extending vector types by adding |
| 1211 | elements to the end to round them out to legal types ("widening"). If a |
| 1212 | vector gets split all the way down to single-element parts with no supported |
| 1213 | vector type being found, the elements are converted to scalars |
| 1214 | ("scalarizing").</p> |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | <p>A target implementation tells the legalizer which types are supported (and |
| 1217 | which register class to use for them) by calling the |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | <tt>addRegisterClass</tt> method in its TargetLowering constructor.</p> |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | </div> |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | <a name="selectiondag_legalize">SelectionDAG Legalize Phase</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | <p>The Legalize phase is in charge of converting a DAG to only use the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | operations that are natively supported by the target.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | <p>Targets often have weird constraints, such as not supporting every operation |
| 1233 | on every supported datatype (e.g. X86 does not support byte conditional moves |
| 1234 | and PowerPC does not support sign-extending loads from a 16-bit memory |
| 1235 | location). Legalize takes care of this by open-coding another sequence of |
| 1236 | operations to emulate the operation ("expansion"), by promoting one type to a |
| 1237 | larger type that supports the operation ("promotion"), or by using a |
| 1238 | target-specific hook to implement the legalization ("custom").</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | <p>A target implementation tells the legalizer which operations are not |
| 1241 | supported (and which of the above three actions to take) by calling the |
| 1242 | <tt>setOperationAction</tt> method in its <tt>TargetLowering</tt> |
| 1243 | constructor.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | <p>Prior to the existence of the Legalize passes, we required that every target |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | <a href="#selectiondag_optimize">selector</a> supported and handled every |
| 1247 | operator and type even if they are not natively supported. The introduction |
| 1248 | of the Legalize phases allows all of the canonicalization patterns to be |
| 1249 | shared across targets, and makes it very easy to optimize the canonicalized |
| 1250 | code because it is still in the form of a DAG.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | |
| 1252 | </div> |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | <h4> |
| 1256 | <a name="selectiondag_optimize"> |
| 1257 | SelectionDAG Optimization Phase: the DAG Combiner |
| 1258 | </a> |
| 1259 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | <p>The SelectionDAG optimization phase is run multiple times for code |
| 1264 | generation, immediately after the DAG is built and once after each |
| 1265 | legalization. The first run of the pass allows the initial code to be |
| 1266 | cleaned up (e.g. performing optimizations that depend on knowing that the |
| 1267 | operators have restricted type inputs). Subsequent runs of the pass clean up |
| 1268 | the messy code generated by the Legalize passes, which allows Legalize to be |
| 1269 | very simple (it can focus on making code legal instead of focusing on |
| 1270 | generating <em>good</em> and legal code).</p> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | |
| 1272 | <p>One important class of optimizations performed is optimizing inserted sign |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | and zero extension instructions. We currently use ad-hoc techniques, but |
| 1274 | could move to more rigorous techniques in the future. Here are some good |
| 1275 | papers on the subject:</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | <p>"<a href="http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~nr/pubs/widen-abstract.html">Widening |
| 1278 | integer arithmetic</a>"<br> |
| 1279 | Kevin Redwine and Norman Ramsey<br> |
| 1280 | International Conference on Compiler Construction (CC) 2004</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | <p>"<a href="http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?doid=512529.512552">Effective |
| 1283 | sign extension elimination</a>"<br> |
| 1284 | Motohiro Kawahito, Hideaki Komatsu, and Toshio Nakatani<br> |
| 1285 | Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 2002 Conference on Programming Language Design |
| 1286 | and Implementation.</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | |
| 1288 | </div> |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | <a name="selectiondag_select">SelectionDAG Select Phase</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | |
| 1297 | <p>The Select phase is the bulk of the target-specific code for instruction |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | selection. This phase takes a legal SelectionDAG as input, pattern matches |
| 1299 | the instructions supported by the target to this DAG, and produces a new DAG |
| 1300 | of target code. For example, consider the following LLVM fragment:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | <pre> |
Dan Gohman | a9445e1 | 2010-03-02 01:11:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | %t1 = fadd float %W, %X |
| 1305 | %t2 = fmul float %t1, %Y |
| 1306 | %t3 = fadd float %t2, %Z |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | <p>This LLVM code corresponds to a SelectionDAG that looks basically like |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | this:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | (fadd:f32 (fmul:f32 (fadd:f32 W, X), Y), Z) |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | <p>If a target supports floating point multiply-and-add (FMA) operations, one of |
| 1320 | the adds can be merged with the multiply. On the PowerPC, for example, the |
| 1321 | output of the instruction selector might look like this DAG:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | (FMADDS (FADDS W, X), Y, Z) |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | <p>The <tt>FMADDS</tt> instruction is a ternary instruction that multiplies its |
| 1330 | first two operands and adds the third (as single-precision floating-point |
| 1331 | numbers). The <tt>FADDS</tt> instruction is a simple binary single-precision |
| 1332 | add instruction. To perform this pattern match, the PowerPC backend includes |
| 1333 | the following instruction definitions:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | <pre> |
| 1337 | def FMADDS : AForm_1<59, 29, |
| 1338 | (ops F4RC:$FRT, F4RC:$FRA, F4RC:$FRC, F4RC:$FRB), |
| 1339 | "fmadds $FRT, $FRA, $FRC, $FRB", |
| 1340 | [<b>(set F4RC:$FRT, (fadd (fmul F4RC:$FRA, F4RC:$FRC), |
| 1341 | F4RC:$FRB))</b>]>; |
| 1342 | def FADDS : AForm_2<59, 21, |
| 1343 | (ops F4RC:$FRT, F4RC:$FRA, F4RC:$FRB), |
| 1344 | "fadds $FRT, $FRA, $FRB", |
| 1345 | [<b>(set F4RC:$FRT, (fadd F4RC:$FRA, F4RC:$FRB))</b>]>; |
| 1346 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | |
| 1349 | <p>The portion of the instruction definition in bold indicates the pattern used |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | to match the instruction. The DAG operators |
| 1351 | (like <tt>fmul</tt>/<tt>fadd</tt>) are defined in |
Dan Gohman | 6a4824c | 2010-03-25 00:03:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | the <tt>include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAG.td</tt> file. " |
| 1353 | <tt>F4RC</tt>" is the register class of the input and result values.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | <p>The TableGen DAG instruction selector generator reads the instruction |
| 1356 | patterns in the <tt>.td</tt> file and automatically builds parts of the |
| 1357 | pattern matching code for your target. It has the following strengths:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | |
| 1359 | <ul> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | <li>At compiler-compiler time, it analyzes your instruction patterns and tells |
| 1361 | you if your patterns make sense or not.</li> |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | <li>It can handle arbitrary constraints on operands for the pattern match. In |
| 1364 | particular, it is straight-forward to say things like "match any immediate |
| 1365 | that is a 13-bit sign-extended value". For examples, see the |
| 1366 | <tt>immSExt16</tt> and related <tt>tblgen</tt> classes in the PowerPC |
| 1367 | backend.</li> |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | <li>It knows several important identities for the patterns defined. For |
| 1370 | example, it knows that addition is commutative, so it allows the |
| 1371 | <tt>FMADDS</tt> pattern above to match "<tt>(fadd X, (fmul Y, Z))</tt>" as |
| 1372 | well as "<tt>(fadd (fmul X, Y), Z)</tt>", without the target author having |
| 1373 | to specially handle this case.</li> |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | <li>It has a full-featured type-inferencing system. In particular, you should |
| 1376 | rarely have to explicitly tell the system what type parts of your patterns |
| 1377 | are. In the <tt>FMADDS</tt> case above, we didn't have to tell |
| 1378 | <tt>tblgen</tt> that all of the nodes in the pattern are of type 'f32'. |
| 1379 | It was able to infer and propagate this knowledge from the fact that |
| 1380 | <tt>F4RC</tt> has type 'f32'.</li> |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | <li>Targets can define their own (and rely on built-in) "pattern fragments". |
| 1383 | Pattern fragments are chunks of reusable patterns that get inlined into |
| 1384 | your patterns during compiler-compiler time. For example, the integer |
| 1385 | "<tt>(not x)</tt>" operation is actually defined as a pattern fragment |
| 1386 | that expands as "<tt>(xor x, -1)</tt>", since the SelectionDAG does not |
| 1387 | have a native '<tt>not</tt>' operation. Targets can define their own |
| 1388 | short-hand fragments as they see fit. See the definition of |
| 1389 | '<tt>not</tt>' and '<tt>ineg</tt>' for examples.</li> |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | <li>In addition to instructions, targets can specify arbitrary patterns that |
| 1392 | map to one or more instructions using the 'Pat' class. For example, the |
| 1393 | PowerPC has no way to load an arbitrary integer immediate into a register |
| 1394 | in one instruction. To tell tblgen how to do this, it defines: |
| 1395 | <br> |
| 1396 | <br> |
| 1397 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1398 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | // Arbitrary immediate support. Implement in terms of LIS/ORI. |
| 1400 | def : Pat<(i32 imm:$imm), |
| 1401 | (ORI (LIS (HI16 imm:$imm)), (LO16 imm:$imm))>; |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | </pre> |
| 1403 | </div> |
| 1404 | <br> |
| 1405 | If none of the single-instruction patterns for loading an immediate into a |
| 1406 | register match, this will be used. This rule says "match an arbitrary i32 |
| 1407 | immediate, turning it into an <tt>ORI</tt> ('or a 16-bit immediate') and |
| 1408 | an <tt>LIS</tt> ('load 16-bit immediate, where the immediate is shifted to |
| 1409 | the left 16 bits') instruction". To make this work, the |
| 1410 | <tt>LO16</tt>/<tt>HI16</tt> node transformations are used to manipulate |
| 1411 | the input immediate (in this case, take the high or low 16-bits of the |
| 1412 | immediate).</li> |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | <li>While the system does automate a lot, it still allows you to write custom |
| 1415 | C++ code to match special cases if there is something that is hard to |
| 1416 | express.</li> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | </ul> |
| 1418 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | <p>While it has many strengths, the system currently has some limitations, |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | primarily because it is a work in progress and is not yet finished:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | |
| 1422 | <ul> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | <li>Overall, there is no way to define or match SelectionDAG nodes that define |
Dan Gohman | e370c80 | 2009-04-22 15:55:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | multiple values (e.g. <tt>SMUL_LOHI</tt>, <tt>LOAD</tt>, <tt>CALL</tt>, |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | etc). This is the biggest reason that you currently still <em>have |
| 1426 | to</em> write custom C++ code for your instruction selector.</li> |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | <li>There is no great way to support matching complex addressing modes yet. |
| 1429 | In the future, we will extend pattern fragments to allow them to define |
| 1430 | multiple values (e.g. the four operands of the <a href="#x86_memory">X86 |
| 1431 | addressing mode</a>, which are currently matched with custom C++ code). |
| 1432 | In addition, we'll extend fragments so that a fragment can match multiple |
| 1433 | different patterns.</li> |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | <li>We don't automatically infer flags like isStore/isLoad yet.</li> |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | <li>We don't automatically generate the set of supported registers and |
| 1438 | operations for the <a href="#selectiondag_legalize">Legalizer</a> |
| 1439 | yet.</li> |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | <li>We don't have a way of tying in custom legalized nodes yet.</li> |
Chris Lattner | 7d6915c | 2005-10-17 04:18:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | 7a025c8 | 2005-10-16 20:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | |
| 1444 | <p>Despite these limitations, the instruction selector generator is still quite |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | useful for most of the binary and logical operations in typical instruction |
| 1446 | sets. If you run into any problems or can't figure out how to do something, |
| 1447 | please let Chris know!</p> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | |
| 1449 | </div> |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | <a name="selectiondag_sched">SelectionDAG Scheduling and Formation Phase</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1457 | |
| 1458 | <p>The scheduling phase takes the DAG of target instructions from the selection |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | phase and assigns an order. The scheduler can pick an order depending on |
| 1460 | various constraints of the machines (i.e. order for minimal register pressure |
| 1461 | or try to cover instruction latencies). Once an order is established, the |
| 1462 | DAG is converted to a list |
| 1463 | of <tt><a href="#machineinstr">MachineInstr</a></tt>s and the SelectionDAG is |
| 1464 | destroyed.</p> |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | |
Jeff Cohen | 0b81cda | 2005-10-24 16:54:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | <p>Note that this phase is logically separate from the instruction selection |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | phase, but is tied to it closely in the code because it operates on |
| 1468 | SelectionDAGs.</p> |
Chris Lattner | c38959f | 2005-10-17 03:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | |
Chris Lattner | e35d3bb | 2005-10-16 00:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | </div> |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | <a name="selectiondag_future">Future directions for the SelectionDAG</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | |
| 1479 | <ol> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | <li>Optional function-at-a-time selection.</li> |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | <li>Auto-generate entire selector from <tt>.td</tt> file.</li> |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | </ol> |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | </div> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | </div> |
| 1488 | |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | <h3> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | <a name="ssamco">SSA-based Machine Code Optimizations</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | </h3> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | <div><p>To Be Written</p></div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | <h3> |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | <a name="liveintervals">Live Intervals</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | </h3> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | <p>Live Intervals are the ranges (intervals) where a variable is <i>live</i>. |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | They are used by some <a href="#regalloc">register allocator</a> passes to |
| 1504 | determine if two or more virtual registers which require the same physical |
| 1505 | register are live at the same point in the program (i.e., they conflict). |
| 1506 | When this situation occurs, one virtual register must be <i>spilled</i>.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | <a name="livevariable_analysis">Live Variable Analysis</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | <p>The first step in determining the live intervals of variables is to calculate |
| 1516 | the set of registers that are immediately dead after the instruction (i.e., |
| 1517 | the instruction calculates the value, but it is never used) and the set of |
| 1518 | registers that are used by the instruction, but are never used after the |
| 1519 | instruction (i.e., they are killed). Live variable information is computed |
| 1520 | for each <i>virtual</i> register and <i>register allocatable</i> physical |
| 1521 | register in the function. This is done in a very efficient manner because it |
| 1522 | uses SSA to sparsely compute lifetime information for virtual registers |
| 1523 | (which are in SSA form) and only has to track physical registers within a |
| 1524 | block. Before register allocation, LLVM can assume that physical registers |
| 1525 | are only live within a single basic block. This allows it to do a single, |
| 1526 | local analysis to resolve physical register lifetimes within each basic |
| 1527 | block. If a physical register is not register allocatable (e.g., a stack |
| 1528 | pointer or condition codes), it is not tracked.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | <p>Physical registers may be live in to or out of a function. Live in values are |
| 1531 | typically arguments in registers. Live out values are typically return values |
| 1532 | in registers. Live in values are marked as such, and are given a dummy |
| 1533 | "defining" instruction during live intervals analysis. If the last basic |
| 1534 | block of a function is a <tt>return</tt>, then it's marked as using all live |
| 1535 | out values in the function.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | <p><tt>PHI</tt> nodes need to be handled specially, because the calculation of |
| 1538 | the live variable information from a depth first traversal of the CFG of the |
| 1539 | function won't guarantee that a virtual register used by the <tt>PHI</tt> |
| 1540 | node is defined before it's used. When a <tt>PHI</tt> node is encountered, |
| 1541 | only the definition is handled, because the uses will be handled in other |
| 1542 | basic blocks.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | |
| 1544 | <p>For each <tt>PHI</tt> node of the current basic block, we simulate an |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | assignment at the end of the current basic block and traverse the successor |
| 1546 | basic blocks. If a successor basic block has a <tt>PHI</tt> node and one of |
| 1547 | the <tt>PHI</tt> node's operands is coming from the current basic block, then |
| 1548 | the variable is marked as <i>alive</i> within the current basic block and all |
| 1549 | of its predecessor basic blocks, until the basic block with the defining |
| 1550 | instruction is encountered.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | |
| 1552 | </div> |
| 1553 | |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | <a name="liveintervals_analysis">Live Intervals Analysis</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | <p>We now have the information available to perform the live intervals analysis |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | and build the live intervals themselves. We start off by numbering the basic |
| 1563 | blocks and machine instructions. We then handle the "live-in" values. These |
| 1564 | are in physical registers, so the physical register is assumed to be killed |
| 1565 | by the end of the basic block. Live intervals for virtual registers are |
| 1566 | computed for some ordering of the machine instructions <tt>[1, N]</tt>. A |
| 1567 | live interval is an interval <tt>[i, j)</tt>, where <tt>1 <= i <= j |
| 1568 | < N</tt>, for which a variable is live.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | <p><i><b>More to come...</b></i></p> |
| 1571 | |
Bill Wendling | 3fc488d | 2006-09-06 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | </div> |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | </div> |
| 1575 | |
Bill Wendling | 2f87a88 | 2006-09-04 23:35:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | <h3> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | <a name="regalloc">Register Allocation</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | </h3> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | <p>The <i>Register Allocation problem</i> consists in mapping a program |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | <i>P<sub>v</sub></i>, that can use an unbounded number of virtual registers, |
| 1585 | to a program <i>P<sub>p</sub></i> that contains a finite (possibly small) |
| 1586 | number of physical registers. Each target architecture has a different number |
| 1587 | of physical registers. If the number of physical registers is not enough to |
| 1588 | accommodate all the virtual registers, some of them will have to be mapped |
| 1589 | into memory. These virtuals are called <i>spilled virtuals</i>.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1592 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | <a name="regAlloc_represent">How registers are represented in LLVM</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | <p>In LLVM, physical registers are denoted by integer numbers that normally |
| 1600 | range from 1 to 1023. To see how this numbering is defined for a particular |
| 1601 | architecture, you can read the <tt>GenRegisterNames.inc</tt> file for that |
| 1602 | architecture. For instance, by |
| 1603 | inspecting <tt>lib/Target/X86/X86GenRegisterNames.inc</tt> we see that the |
| 1604 | 32-bit register <tt>EAX</tt> is denoted by 15, and the MMX register |
| 1605 | <tt>MM0</tt> is mapped to 48.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | <p>Some architectures contain registers that share the same physical location. A |
| 1608 | notable example is the X86 platform. For instance, in the X86 architecture, |
| 1609 | the registers <tt>EAX</tt>, <tt>AX</tt> and <tt>AL</tt> share the first eight |
| 1610 | bits. These physical registers are marked as <i>aliased</i> in LLVM. Given a |
| 1611 | particular architecture, you can check which registers are aliased by |
| 1612 | inspecting its <tt>RegisterInfo.td</tt> file. Moreover, the method |
| 1613 | <tt>TargetRegisterInfo::getAliasSet(p_reg)</tt> returns an array containing |
| 1614 | all the physical registers aliased to the register <tt>p_reg</tt>.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | |
| 1616 | <p>Physical registers, in LLVM, are grouped in <i>Register Classes</i>. |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | Elements in the same register class are functionally equivalent, and can be |
| 1618 | interchangeably used. Each virtual register can only be mapped to physical |
| 1619 | registers of a particular class. For instance, in the X86 architecture, some |
| 1620 | virtuals can only be allocated to 8 bit registers. A register class is |
| 1621 | described by <tt>TargetRegisterClass</tt> objects. To discover if a virtual |
| 1622 | register is compatible with a given physical, this code can be used:</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | |
| 1624 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1625 | <pre> |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | bool RegMapping_Fer::compatible_class(MachineFunction &mf, |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | unsigned v_reg, |
| 1628 | unsigned p_reg) { |
Dan Gohman | 6f0d024 | 2008-02-10 18:45:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | assert(TargetRegisterInfo::isPhysicalRegister(p_reg) && |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | "Target register must be physical"); |
Chris Lattner | 534bcfb | 2007-12-31 04:16:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | const TargetRegisterClass *trc = mf.getRegInfo().getRegClass(v_reg); |
| 1632 | return trc->contains(p_reg); |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | } |
| 1634 | </pre> |
| 1635 | </div> |
| 1636 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | <p>Sometimes, mostly for debugging purposes, it is useful to change the number |
| 1638 | of physical registers available in the target architecture. This must be done |
| 1639 | statically, inside the <tt>TargetRegsterInfo.td</tt> file. Just <tt>grep</tt> |
| 1640 | for <tt>RegisterClass</tt>, the last parameter of which is a list of |
| 1641 | registers. Just commenting some out is one simple way to avoid them being |
| 1642 | used. A more polite way is to explicitly exclude some registers from |
Dan Gohman | d2cb3d2 | 2009-07-24 00:30:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | the <i>allocation order</i>. See the definition of the <tt>GR8</tt> register |
| 1644 | class in <tt>lib/Target/X86/X86RegisterInfo.td</tt> for an example of this. |
| 1645 | </p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | <p>Virtual registers are also denoted by integer numbers. Contrary to physical |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | 3ca2102 | 2011-01-08 23:10:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | registers, different virtual registers never share the same number. Whereas |
| 1649 | physical registers are statically defined in a <tt>TargetRegisterInfo.td</tt> |
| 1650 | file and cannot be created by the application developer, that is not the case |
| 1651 | with virtual registers. In order to create new virtual registers, use the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | method <tt>MachineRegisterInfo::createVirtualRegister()</tt>. This method |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | 3ca2102 | 2011-01-08 23:10:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | will return a new virtual register. Use an <tt>IndexedMap<Foo, |
| 1654 | VirtReg2IndexFunctor></tt> to hold information per virtual register. If you |
| 1655 | need to enumerate all virtual registers, use the function |
| 1656 | <tt>TargetRegisterInfo::index2VirtReg()</tt> to find the virtual register |
| 1657 | numbers:</p> |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1660 | <pre> |
| 1661 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = MRI->getNumVirtRegs(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1662 | unsigned VirtReg = TargetRegisterInfo::index2VirtReg(i); |
| 1663 | stuff(VirtReg); |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | </pre> |
| 1666 | </div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | <p>Before register allocation, the operands of an instruction are mostly virtual |
| 1669 | registers, although physical registers may also be used. In order to check if |
| 1670 | a given machine operand is a register, use the boolean |
| 1671 | function <tt>MachineOperand::isRegister()</tt>. To obtain the integer code of |
| 1672 | a register, use <tt>MachineOperand::getReg()</tt>. An instruction may define |
| 1673 | or use a register. For instance, <tt>ADD reg:1026 := reg:1025 reg:1024</tt> |
| 1674 | defines the registers 1024, and uses registers 1025 and 1026. Given a |
| 1675 | register operand, the method <tt>MachineOperand::isUse()</tt> informs if that |
| 1676 | register is being used by the instruction. The |
| 1677 | method <tt>MachineOperand::isDef()</tt> informs if that registers is being |
| 1678 | defined.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | <p>We will call physical registers present in the LLVM bitcode before register |
| 1681 | allocation <i>pre-colored registers</i>. Pre-colored registers are used in |
| 1682 | many different situations, for instance, to pass parameters of functions |
| 1683 | calls, and to store results of particular instructions. There are two types |
| 1684 | of pre-colored registers: the ones <i>implicitly</i> defined, and |
| 1685 | those <i>explicitly</i> defined. Explicitly defined registers are normal |
| 1686 | operands, and can be accessed |
| 1687 | with <tt>MachineInstr::getOperand(int)::getReg()</tt>. In order to check |
| 1688 | which registers are implicitly defined by an instruction, use |
| 1689 | the <tt>TargetInstrInfo::get(opcode)::ImplicitDefs</tt>, |
| 1690 | where <tt>opcode</tt> is the opcode of the target instruction. One important |
| 1691 | difference between explicit and implicit physical registers is that the |
| 1692 | latter are defined statically for each instruction, whereas the former may |
| 1693 | vary depending on the program being compiled. For example, an instruction |
| 1694 | that represents a function call will always implicitly define or use the same |
| 1695 | set of physical registers. To read the registers implicitly used by an |
| 1696 | instruction, |
| 1697 | use <tt>TargetInstrInfo::get(opcode)::ImplicitUses</tt>. Pre-colored |
| 1698 | registers impose constraints on any register allocation algorithm. The |
Bob Wilson | 0473868 | 2010-04-09 18:39:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | register allocator must make sure that none of them are overwritten by |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | the values of virtual registers while still alive.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | |
| 1702 | </div> |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1705 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | <a name="regAlloc_howTo">Mapping virtual registers to physical registers</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | |
| 1712 | <p>There are two ways to map virtual registers to physical registers (or to |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | memory slots). The first way, that we will call <i>direct mapping</i>, is |
| 1714 | based on the use of methods of the classes <tt>TargetRegisterInfo</tt>, |
| 1715 | and <tt>MachineOperand</tt>. The second way, that we will call <i>indirect |
| 1716 | mapping</i>, relies on the <tt>VirtRegMap</tt> class in order to insert loads |
| 1717 | and stores sending and getting values to and from memory.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | <p>The direct mapping provides more flexibility to the developer of the register |
| 1720 | allocator; however, it is more error prone, and demands more implementation |
| 1721 | work. Basically, the programmer will have to specify where load and store |
| 1722 | instructions should be inserted in the target function being compiled in |
| 1723 | order to get and store values in memory. To assign a physical register to a |
| 1724 | virtual register present in a given operand, |
| 1725 | use <tt>MachineOperand::setReg(p_reg)</tt>. To insert a store instruction, |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | 297907f | 2010-08-31 22:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | use <tt>TargetInstrInfo::storeRegToStackSlot(...)</tt>, and to insert a |
| 1727 | load instruction, use <tt>TargetInstrInfo::loadRegFromStackSlot</tt>.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 | <p>The indirect mapping shields the application developer from the complexities |
| 1730 | of inserting load and store instructions. In order to map a virtual register |
| 1731 | to a physical one, use <tt>VirtRegMap::assignVirt2Phys(vreg, preg)</tt>. In |
| 1732 | order to map a certain virtual register to memory, |
| 1733 | use <tt>VirtRegMap::assignVirt2StackSlot(vreg)</tt>. This method will return |
| 1734 | the stack slot where <tt>vreg</tt>'s value will be located. If it is |
| 1735 | necessary to map another virtual register to the same stack slot, |
| 1736 | use <tt>VirtRegMap::assignVirt2StackSlot(vreg, stack_location)</tt>. One |
| 1737 | important point to consider when using the indirect mapping, is that even if |
| 1738 | a virtual register is mapped to memory, it still needs to be mapped to a |
| 1739 | physical register. This physical register is the location where the virtual |
| 1740 | register is supposed to be found before being stored or after being |
| 1741 | reloaded.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | <p>If the indirect strategy is used, after all the virtual registers have been |
| 1744 | mapped to physical registers or stack slots, it is necessary to use a spiller |
| 1745 | object to place load and store instructions in the code. Every virtual that |
| 1746 | has been mapped to a stack slot will be stored to memory after been defined |
| 1747 | and will be loaded before being used. The implementation of the spiller tries |
| 1748 | to recycle load/store instructions, avoiding unnecessary instructions. For an |
| 1749 | example of how to invoke the spiller, |
| 1750 | see <tt>RegAllocLinearScan::runOnMachineFunction</tt> |
| 1751 | in <tt>lib/CodeGen/RegAllocLinearScan.cpp</tt>.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | |
| 1753 | </div> |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | <a name="regAlloc_twoAddr">Handling two address instructions</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | <p>With very rare exceptions (e.g., function calls), the LLVM machine code |
| 1763 | instructions are three address instructions. That is, each instruction is |
| 1764 | expected to define at most one register, and to use at most two registers. |
| 1765 | However, some architectures use two address instructions. In this case, the |
| 1766 | defined register is also one of the used register. For instance, an |
| 1767 | instruction such as <tt>ADD %EAX, %EBX</tt>, in X86 is actually equivalent |
| 1768 | to <tt>%EAX = %EAX + %EBX</tt>.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | |
| 1770 | <p>In order to produce correct code, LLVM must convert three address |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | instructions that represent two address instructions into true two address |
| 1772 | instructions. LLVM provides the pass <tt>TwoAddressInstructionPass</tt> for |
| 1773 | this specific purpose. It must be run before register allocation takes |
| 1774 | place. After its execution, the resulting code may no longer be in SSA |
| 1775 | form. This happens, for instance, in situations where an instruction such |
| 1776 | as <tt>%a = ADD %b %c</tt> is converted to two instructions such as:</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 | |
| 1778 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1779 | <pre> |
| 1780 | %a = MOVE %b |
Dan Gohman | 03e5857 | 2008-06-13 17:55:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | %a = ADD %a %c |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | </pre> |
| 1783 | </div> |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | <p>Notice that, internally, the second instruction is represented as |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | <tt>ADD %a[def/use] %c</tt>. I.e., the register operand <tt>%a</tt> is both |
| 1787 | used and defined by the instruction.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | |
| 1789 | </div> |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | <a name="regAlloc_ssaDecon">The SSA deconstruction phase</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | |
| 1798 | <p>An important transformation that happens during register allocation is called |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | the <i>SSA Deconstruction Phase</i>. The SSA form simplifies many analyses |
| 1800 | that are performed on the control flow graph of programs. However, |
| 1801 | traditional instruction sets do not implement PHI instructions. Thus, in |
| 1802 | order to generate executable code, compilers must replace PHI instructions |
| 1803 | with other instructions that preserve their semantics.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | <p>There are many ways in which PHI instructions can safely be removed from the |
| 1806 | target code. The most traditional PHI deconstruction algorithm replaces PHI |
| 1807 | instructions with copy instructions. That is the strategy adopted by |
| 1808 | LLVM. The SSA deconstruction algorithm is implemented |
| 1809 | in <tt>lib/CodeGen/PHIElimination.cpp</tt>. In order to invoke this pass, the |
| 1810 | identifier <tt>PHIEliminationID</tt> must be marked as required in the code |
| 1811 | of the register allocator.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | |
| 1813 | </div> |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | <a name="regAlloc_fold">Instruction folding</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | <p><i>Instruction folding</i> is an optimization performed during register |
| 1823 | allocation that removes unnecessary copy instructions. For instance, a |
| 1824 | sequence of instructions such as:</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | |
| 1826 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1827 | <pre> |
| 1828 | %EBX = LOAD %mem_address |
| 1829 | %EAX = COPY %EBX |
| 1830 | </pre> |
| 1831 | </div> |
| 1832 | |
Dan Gohman | a7ab2bf | 2008-11-24 16:35:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | <p>can be safely substituted by the single instruction:</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | |
| 1835 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1836 | <pre> |
| 1837 | %EAX = LOAD %mem_address |
| 1838 | </pre> |
| 1839 | </div> |
| 1840 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | <p>Instructions can be folded with |
| 1842 | the <tt>TargetRegisterInfo::foldMemoryOperand(...)</tt> method. Care must be |
| 1843 | taken when folding instructions; a folded instruction can be quite different |
| 1844 | from the original |
| 1845 | instruction. See <tt>LiveIntervals::addIntervalsForSpills</tt> |
| 1846 | in <tt>lib/CodeGen/LiveIntervalAnalysis.cpp</tt> for an example of its |
| 1847 | use.</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | |
| 1849 | </div> |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1852 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | <h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | <a name="regAlloc_builtIn">Built in register allocators</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | </h4> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | <p>The LLVM infrastructure provides the application developer with three |
| 1860 | different register allocators:</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | |
| 1862 | <ul> |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | 8a3eab9 | 2010-06-15 21:58:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | <li><i>Fast</i> — This register allocator is the default for debug |
| 1864 | builds. It allocates registers on a basic block level, attempting to keep |
| 1865 | values in registers and reusing registers as appropriate.</li> |
| 1866 | |
Andrew Trick | 5acaeb5 | 2011-07-26 18:31:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | <li><i>Basic</i> — This is an incremental approach to register |
| 1868 | allocation. Live ranges are assigned to registers one at a time in |
| 1869 | an order that is driven by heuristics. Since code can be rewritten |
| 1870 | on-the-fly during allocation, this framework allows interesting |
| 1871 | allocators to be developed as extensions. It is not itself a |
| 1872 | production register allocator but is a potentially useful |
| 1873 | stand-alone mode for triaging bugs and as a performance baseline. |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 | <li><i>Greedy</i> — <i>The default allocator</i>. This is a |
| 1876 | highly tuned implementation of the <i>Basic</i> allocator that |
| 1877 | incorporates global live range splitting. This allocator works hard |
| 1878 | to minimize the cost of spill code. |
| 1879 | |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | 8a3eab9 | 2010-06-15 21:58:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | <li><i>PBQP</i> — A Partitioned Boolean Quadratic Programming (PBQP) |
| 1881 | based register allocator. This allocator works by constructing a PBQP |
| 1882 | problem representing the register allocation problem under consideration, |
| 1883 | solving this using a PBQP solver, and mapping the solution back to a |
| 1884 | register assignment.</li> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | </ul> |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | <p>The type of register allocator used in <tt>llc</tt> can be chosen with the |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | command line option <tt>-regalloc=...</tt>:</p> |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | |
| 1890 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1891 | <pre> |
Dan Gohman | 0cabaa5 | 2009-08-25 15:54:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | $ llc -regalloc=linearscan file.bc -o ln.s; |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | 8a3eab9 | 2010-06-15 21:58:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | $ llc -regalloc=fast file.bc -o fa.s; |
| 1894 | $ llc -regalloc=pbqp file.bc -o pbqp.s; |
Bill Wendling | a396ee8 | 2006-09-01 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | </pre> |
| 1896 | </div> |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | </div> |
| 1899 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | </div> |
| 1901 | |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | <h3> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | <a name="proepicode">Prolog/Epilog Code Insertion</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | </h3> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 4b2e07a | 2011-10-31 13:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | <div> |
| 1908 | |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1910 | <h4> |
| 1911 | <a name="compact_unwind">Compact Unwind</a> |
| 1912 | </h4> |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | <div> |
| 1915 | |
Bill Wendling | 75471d6 | 2011-07-26 07:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | <p>Throwing an exception requires <em>unwinding</em> out of a function. The |
| 1917 | information on how to unwind a given function is traditionally expressed in |
| 1918 | DWARF unwind (a.k.a. frame) info. But that format was originally developed |
| 1919 | for debuggers to backtrace, and each Frame Description Entry (FDE) requires |
| 1920 | ~20-30 bytes per function. There is also the cost of mapping from an address |
| 1921 | in a function to the corresponding FDE at runtime. An alternative unwind |
| 1922 | encoding is called <em>compact unwind</em> and requires just 4-bytes per |
| 1923 | function.</p> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | |
| 1925 | <p>The compact unwind encoding is a 32-bit value, which is encoded in an |
| 1926 | architecture-specific way. It specifies which registers to restore and from |
Roman Divacky | 4d7ce32 | 2011-08-01 20:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | where, and how to unwind out of the function. When the linker creates a final |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | linked image, it will create a <code>__TEXT,__unwind_info</code> |
| 1929 | section. This section is a small and fast way for the runtime to access |
| 1930 | unwind info for any given function. If we emit compact unwind info for the |
| 1931 | function, that compact unwind info will be encoded in |
| 1932 | the <code>__TEXT,__unwind_info</code> section. If we emit DWARF unwind info, |
| 1933 | the <code>__TEXT,__unwind_info</code> section will contain the offset of the |
| 1934 | FDE in the <code>__TEXT,__eh_frame</code> section in the final linked |
| 1935 | image.</p> |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | <p>For X86, there are three modes for the compact unwind encoding:</p> |
| 1938 | |
Bill Wendling | 75471d6 | 2011-07-26 07:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | <dl> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | <dt><i>Function with a Frame Pointer (<code>EBP</code> or <code>RBP</code>)</i></dt> |
| 1941 | <dd><p><code>EBP/RBP</code>-based frame, where <code>EBP/RBP</code> is pushed |
| 1942 | onto the stack immediately after the return address, |
| 1943 | then <code>ESP/RSP</code> is moved to <code>EBP/RBP</code>. Thus to |
| 1944 | unwind, <code>ESP/RSP</code> is restored with the |
| 1945 | current <code>EBP/RBP</code> value, then <code>EBP/RBP</code> is restored |
| 1946 | by popping the stack, and the return is done by popping the stack once |
| 1947 | more into the PC. All non-volatile registers that need to be restored must |
| 1948 | have been saved in a small range on the stack that |
| 1949 | starts <code>EBP-4</code> to <code>EBP-1020</code> (<code>RBP-8</code> |
Bill Wendling | 75471d6 | 2011-07-26 07:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | to <code>RBP-1020</code>). The offset (divided by 4 in 32-bit mode and 8 |
| 1951 | in 64-bit mode) is encoded in bits 16-23 (mask: <code>0x00FF0000</code>). |
| 1952 | The registers saved are encoded in bits 0-14 |
| 1953 | (mask: <code>0x00007FFF</code>) as five 3-bit entries from the following |
| 1954 | table:</p> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0"> |
| 1956 | <tr> |
| 1957 | <th>Compact Number</th> |
| 1958 | <th>i386 Register</th> |
| 1959 | <th>x86-64 Regiser</th> |
| 1960 | </tr> |
| 1961 | <tr> |
| 1962 | <td>1</td> |
| 1963 | <td><code>EBX</code></td> |
| 1964 | <td><code>RBX</code></td> |
| 1965 | </tr> |
| 1966 | <tr> |
| 1967 | <td>2</td> |
| 1968 | <td><code>ECX</code></td> |
| 1969 | <td><code>R12</code></td> |
| 1970 | </tr> |
| 1971 | <tr> |
| 1972 | <td>3</td> |
| 1973 | <td><code>EDX</code></td> |
| 1974 | <td><code>R13</code></td> |
| 1975 | </tr> |
| 1976 | <tr> |
| 1977 | <td>4</td> |
| 1978 | <td><code>EDI</code></td> |
| 1979 | <td><code>R14</code></td> |
| 1980 | </tr> |
| 1981 | <tr> |
| 1982 | <td>5</td> |
| 1983 | <td><code>ESI</code></td> |
| 1984 | <td><code>R15</code></td> |
| 1985 | </tr> |
| 1986 | <tr> |
| 1987 | <td>6</td> |
| 1988 | <td><code>EBP</code></td> |
| 1989 | <td><code>RBP</code></td> |
| 1990 | </tr> |
| 1991 | </table> |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | </dd> |
| 1994 | |
Bill Wendling | 3ef750d | 2011-07-25 20:25:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | <dt><i>Frameless with a Small Constant Stack Size (<code>EBP</code> |
| 1996 | or <code>RBP</code> is not used as a frame pointer)</i></dt> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | <dd><p>To return, a constant (encoded in the compact unwind encoding) is added |
| 1998 | to the <code>ESP/RSP</code>. Then the return is done by popping the stack |
| 1999 | into the PC. All non-volatile registers that need to be restored must have |
| 2000 | been saved on the stack immediately after the return address. The stack |
Bill Wendling | 75471d6 | 2011-07-26 07:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | size (divided by 4 in 32-bit mode and 8 in 64-bit mode) is encoded in bits |
| 2002 | 16-23 (mask: <code>0x00FF0000</code>). There is a maximum stack size of |
| 2003 | 1024 bytes in 32-bit mode and 2048 in 64-bit mode. The number of registers |
| 2004 | saved is encoded in bits 9-12 (mask: <code>0x00001C00</code>). Bits 0-9 |
| 2005 | (mask: <code>0x000003FF</code>) contain which registers were saved and |
| 2006 | their order. (See |
| 2007 | the <code>encodeCompactUnwindRegistersWithoutFrame()</code> function |
| 2008 | in <code>lib/Target/X86FrameLowering.cpp</code> for the encoding |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | algorithm.)</p></dd> |
| 2010 | |
Bill Wendling | 3ef750d | 2011-07-25 20:25:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | <dt><i>Frameless with a Large Constant Stack Size (<code>EBP</code> |
| 2012 | or <code>RBP</code> is not used as a frame pointer)</i></dt> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | <dd><p>This case is like the "Frameless with a Small Constant Stack Size" |
Bill Wendling | 3ef750d | 2011-07-25 20:25:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | case, but the stack size is too large to encode in the compact unwind |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | encoding. Instead it requires that the function contains "<code>subl |
| 2016 | $nnnnnn, %esp</code>" in its prolog. The compact encoding contains the |
Bill Wendling | 3ef750d | 2011-07-25 20:25:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | offset to the <code>$nnnnnn</code> value in the function in bits 9-12 |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | (mask: <code>0x00001C00</code>).</p></dd> |
Bill Wendling | 75471d6 | 2011-07-26 07:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | </dl> |
Bill Wendling | 66bc5c6 | 2011-07-25 20:19:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | |
| 2021 | </div> |
| 2022 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 4b2e07a | 2011-10-31 13:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | </div> |
| 2024 | |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | <h3> |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | <a name="latemco">Late Machine Code Optimizations</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | </h3> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | <div><p>To Be Written</p></div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | |
Reid Spencer | ad1f0cd | 2005-04-24 20:56:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | <a name="codeemit">Code Emission</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | |
| 2038 | <p>The code emission step of code generation is responsible for lowering from |
| 2039 | the code generator abstractions (like <a |
| 2040 | href="#machinefunction">MachineFunction</a>, <a |
| 2041 | href="#machineinstr">MachineInstr</a>, etc) down |
| 2042 | to the abstractions used by the MC layer (<a href="#mcinst">MCInst</a>, |
| 2043 | <a href="#mcstreamer">MCStreamer</a>, etc). This is |
| 2044 | done with a combination of several different classes: the (misnamed) |
| 2045 | target-independent AsmPrinter class, target-specific subclasses of AsmPrinter |
| 2046 | (such as SparcAsmPrinter), and the TargetLoweringObjectFile class.</p> |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | <p>Since the MC layer works at the level of abstraction of object files, it |
| 2049 | doesn't have a notion of functions, global variables etc. Instead, it thinks |
| 2050 | about labels, directives, and instructions. A key class used at this time is |
| 2051 | the MCStreamer class. This is an abstract API that is implemented in different |
| 2052 | ways (e.g. to output a .s file, output an ELF .o file, etc) that is effectively |
| 2053 | an "assembler API". MCStreamer has one method per directive, such as EmitLabel, |
| 2054 | EmitSymbolAttribute, SwitchSection, etc, which directly correspond to assembly |
| 2055 | level directives. |
| 2056 | </p> |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | <p>If you are interested in implementing a code generator for a target, there |
| 2059 | are three important things that you have to implement for your target:</p> |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | <ol> |
| 2062 | <li>First, you need a subclass of AsmPrinter for your target. This class |
| 2063 | implements the general lowering process converting MachineFunction's into MC |
| 2064 | label constructs. The AsmPrinter base class provides a number of useful methods |
| 2065 | and routines, and also allows you to override the lowering process in some |
| 2066 | important ways. You should get much of the lowering for free if you are |
| 2067 | implementing an ELF, COFF, or MachO target, because the TargetLoweringObjectFile |
| 2068 | class implements much of the common logic.</li> |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | <li>Second, you need to implement an instruction printer for your target. The |
| 2071 | instruction printer takes an <a href="#mcinst">MCInst</a> and renders it to a |
| 2072 | raw_ostream as text. Most of this is automatically generated from the .td file |
| 2073 | (when you specify something like "<tt>add $dst, $src1, $src2</tt>" in the |
| 2074 | instructions), but you need to implement routines to print operands.</li> |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | <li>Third, you need to implement code that lowers a <a |
| 2077 | href="#machineinstr">MachineInstr</a> to an MCInst, usually implemented in |
| 2078 | "<target>MCInstLower.cpp". This lowering process is often target |
| 2079 | specific, and is responsible for turning jump table entries, constant pool |
| 2080 | indices, global variable addresses, etc into MCLabels as appropriate. This |
| 2081 | translation layer is also responsible for expanding pseudo ops used by the code |
| 2082 | generator into the actual machine instructions they correspond to. The MCInsts |
| 2083 | that are generated by this are fed into the instruction printer or the encoder. |
| 2084 | </li> |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | </ol> |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | <p>Finally, at your choosing, you can also implement an subclass of |
| 2089 | MCCodeEmitter which lowers MCInst's into machine code bytes and relocations. |
| 2090 | This is important if you want to support direct .o file emission, or would like |
| 2091 | to implement an assembler for your target.</p> |
| 2092 | |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | |
Anshuman Dasgupta | 6805b56 | 2011-12-06 23:12:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2096 | <h3> |
| 2097 | <a name="vliw_packetizer">VLIW Packetizer</a> |
| 2098 | </h3> |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | <div> |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 | <p>In a Very Long Instruction Word (VLIW) architecture, the compiler is |
| 2103 | responsible for mapping instructions to functional-units available on |
| 2104 | the architecture. To that end, the compiler creates groups of instructions |
| 2105 | called <i>packets</i> or <i>bundles</i>. The VLIW packetizer in LLVM is |
| 2106 | a target-independent mechanism to enable the packetization of machine |
| 2107 | instructions.</p> |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | <h4> |
| 2112 | <a name="vliw_mapping">Mapping from instructions to functional units</a> |
| 2113 | </h4> |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | <div> |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | <p>Instructions in a VLIW target can typically be mapped to multiple functional |
| 2118 | units. During the process of packetizing, the compiler must be able to reason |
| 2119 | about whether an instruction can be added to a packet. This decision can be |
| 2120 | complex since the compiler has to examine all possible mappings of instructions |
| 2121 | to functional units. Therefore to alleviate compilation-time complexity, the |
| 2122 | VLIW packetizer parses the instruction classes of a target and generates tables |
| 2123 | at compiler build time. These tables can then be queried by the provided |
| 2124 | machine-independent API to determine if an instruction can be accommodated in a |
| 2125 | packet.</p> |
| 2126 | </div> |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2129 | <h4> |
| 2130 | <a name="vliw_repr"> |
| 2131 | How the packetization tables are generated and used |
| 2132 | </a> |
| 2133 | </h4> |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | <div> |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | <p>The packetizer reads instruction classes from a target's itineraries and |
| 2138 | creates a deterministic finite automaton (DFA) to represent the state of a |
| 2139 | packet. A DFA consists of three major elements: inputs, states, and |
| 2140 | transitions. The set of inputs for the generated DFA represents the instruction |
| 2141 | being added to a packet. The states represent the possible consumption |
| 2142 | of functional units by instructions in a packet. In the DFA, transitions from |
| 2143 | one state to another occur on the addition of an instruction to an existing |
| 2144 | packet. If there is a legal mapping of functional units to instructions, then |
| 2145 | the DFA contains a corresponding transition. The absence of a transition |
| 2146 | indicates that a legal mapping does not exist and that the instruction cannot |
| 2147 | be added to the packet.</p> |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | <p>To generate tables for a VLIW target, add <i>Target</i>GenDFAPacketizer.inc |
| 2150 | as a target to the Makefile in the target directory. The exported API provides |
| 2151 | three functions: <tt>DFAPacketizer::clearResources()</tt>, |
| 2152 | <tt>DFAPacketizer::reserveResources(MachineInstr *MI)</tt>, and |
| 2153 | <tt>DFAPacketizer::canReserveResources(MachineInstr *MI)</tt>. These functions |
| 2154 | allow a target packetizer to add an instruction to an existing packet and to |
| 2155 | check whether an instruction can be added to a packet. See |
| 2156 | <tt>llvm/CodeGen/DFAPacketizer.h</tt> for more information.</p> |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | </div> |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | </div> |
| 2161 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | |
Chris Lattner | 22481f2 | 2010-09-21 04:03:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | <a name="nativeassembler">Implementing a Native Assembler</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | 22481f2 | 2010-09-21 04:03:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | |
Chris Lattner | 22481f2 | 2010-09-21 04:03:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | <p>Though you're probably reading this because you want to write or maintain a |
| 2173 | compiler backend, LLVM also fully supports building a native assemblers too. |
| 2174 | We've tried hard to automate the generation of the assembler from the .td files |
| 2175 | (in particular the instruction syntax and encodings), which means that a large |
| 2176 | part of the manual and repetitive data entry can be factored and shared with the |
| 2177 | compiler.</p> |
| 2178 | |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | <h3 id="na_instparsing">Instruction Parsing</h3> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | <div><p>To Be Written</p></div> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 | <h3 id="na_instaliases"> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | Instruction Alias Processing |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 | <p>Once the instruction is parsed, it enters the MatchInstructionImpl function. |
| 2192 | The MatchInstructionImpl function performs alias processing and then does |
| 2193 | actual matching.</p> |
| 2194 | |
Chris Lattner | 693173f | 2010-10-30 19:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | <p>Alias processing is the phase that canonicalizes different lexical forms of |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | the same instructions down to one representation. There are several different |
| 2197 | kinds of alias that are possible to implement and they are listed below in the |
| 2198 | order that they are processed (which is in order from simplest/weakest to most |
| 2199 | complex/powerful). Generally you want to use the first alias mechanism that |
| 2200 | meets the needs of your instruction, because it will allow a more concise |
| 2201 | description.</p> |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2204 | <h4>Mnemonic Aliases</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | |
Chris Lattner | 8cf8bcc | 2010-10-30 19:47:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | <p>The first phase of alias processing is simple instruction mnemonic |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | remapping for classes of instructions which are allowed with two different |
Chris Lattner | 693173f | 2010-10-30 19:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | mnemonics. This phase is a simple and unconditionally remapping from one input |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | mnemonic to one output mnemonic. It isn't possible for this form of alias to |
| 2212 | look at the operands at all, so the remapping must apply for all forms of a |
| 2213 | given mnemonic. Mnemonic aliases are defined simply, for example X86 has: |
| 2214 | </p> |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2217 | <pre> |
| 2218 | def : MnemonicAlias<"cbw", "cbtw">; |
| 2219 | def : MnemonicAlias<"smovq", "movsq">; |
| 2220 | def : MnemonicAlias<"fldcww", "fldcw">; |
| 2221 | def : MnemonicAlias<"fucompi", "fucomip">; |
| 2222 | def : MnemonicAlias<"ud2a", "ud2">; |
| 2223 | </pre> |
| 2224 | </div> |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | <p>... and many others. With a MnemonicAlias definition, the mnemonic is |
Chris Lattner | 693173f | 2010-10-30 19:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | remapped simply and directly. Though MnemonicAlias's can't look at any aspect |
| 2228 | of the instruction (such as the operands) they can depend on global modes (the |
| 2229 | same ones supported by the matcher), through a Requires clause:</p> |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2232 | <pre> |
| 2233 | def : MnemonicAlias<"pushf", "pushfq">, Requires<[In64BitMode]>; |
| 2234 | def : MnemonicAlias<"pushf", "pushfl">, Requires<[In32BitMode]>; |
| 2235 | </pre> |
| 2236 | </div> |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | <p>In this example, the mnemonic gets mapped into different a new one depending |
| 2239 | on the current instruction set.</p> |
Chris Lattner | e1b8345 | 2010-09-11 23:02:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | </div> |
| 2242 | |
Chris Lattner | c7a03fb | 2010-11-06 08:30:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | <h4>Instruction Aliases</h4> |
Chris Lattner | c7a03fb | 2010-11-06 08:30:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | c7a03fb | 2010-11-06 08:30:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | |
| 2248 | <p>The most general phase of alias processing occurs while matching is |
| 2249 | happening: it provides new forms for the matcher to match along with a specific |
| 2250 | instruction to generate. An instruction alias has two parts: the string to |
| 2251 | match and the instruction to generate. For example: |
| 2252 | </p> |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2255 | <pre> |
| 2256 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX16rr8W GR16:$dst, GR8 :$src)>; |
| 2257 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX16rm8W GR16:$dst, i8mem:$src)>; |
| 2258 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX32rr8 GR32:$dst, GR8 :$src)>; |
| 2259 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX32rr16 GR32:$dst, GR16 :$src)>; |
| 2260 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX64rr8 GR64:$dst, GR8 :$src)>; |
| 2261 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX64rr16 GR64:$dst, GR16 :$src)>; |
| 2262 | def : InstAlias<"movsx $src, $dst", (MOVSX64rr32 GR64:$dst, GR32 :$src)>; |
| 2263 | </pre> |
| 2264 | </div> |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | <p>This shows a powerful example of the instruction aliases, matching the |
| 2267 | same mnemonic in multiple different ways depending on what operands are present |
| 2268 | in the assembly. The result of instruction aliases can include operands in a |
| 2269 | different order than the destination instruction, and can use an input |
| 2270 | multiple times, for example:</p> |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2273 | <pre> |
| 2274 | def : InstAlias<"clrb $reg", (XOR8rr GR8 :$reg, GR8 :$reg)>; |
| 2275 | def : InstAlias<"clrw $reg", (XOR16rr GR16:$reg, GR16:$reg)>; |
| 2276 | def : InstAlias<"clrl $reg", (XOR32rr GR32:$reg, GR32:$reg)>; |
| 2277 | def : InstAlias<"clrq $reg", (XOR64rr GR64:$reg, GR64:$reg)>; |
| 2278 | </pre> |
| 2279 | </div> |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | <p>This example also shows that tied operands are only listed once. In the X86 |
| 2282 | backend, XOR8rr has two input GR8's and one output GR8 (where an input is tied |
| 2283 | to the output). InstAliases take a flattened operand list without duplicates |
Chris Lattner | 90fd797 | 2010-11-06 19:57:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | for tied operands. The result of an instruction alias can also use immediates |
| 2285 | and fixed physical registers which are added as simple immediate operands in the |
| 2286 | result, for example:</p> |
Chris Lattner | 98c870f | 2010-11-06 19:25:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | |
| 2288 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2289 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 90fd797 | 2010-11-06 19:57:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | // Fixed Immediate operand. |
Chris Lattner | 98c870f | 2010-11-06 19:25:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | def : InstAlias<"aad", (AAD8i8 10)>; |
Chris Lattner | 90fd797 | 2010-11-06 19:57:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | |
| 2293 | // Fixed register operand. |
| 2294 | def : InstAlias<"fcomi", (COM_FIr ST1)>; |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | // Simple alias. |
| 2297 | def : InstAlias<"fcomi $reg", (COM_FIr RST:$reg)>; |
Chris Lattner | 98c870f | 2010-11-06 19:25:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | </pre> |
| 2299 | </div> |
| 2300 | |
Chris Lattner | c7a03fb | 2010-11-06 08:30:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | |
| 2302 | <p>Instruction aliases can also have a Requires clause to make them |
| 2303 | subtarget specific.</p> |
| 2304 | |
Bill Wendling | 3f58a51 | 2011-05-04 23:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | <p>If the back-end supports it, the instruction printer can automatically emit |
| 2306 | the alias rather than what's being aliased. It typically leads to better, |
| 2307 | more readable code. If it's better to print out what's being aliased, then |
| 2308 | pass a '0' as the third parameter to the InstAlias definition.</p> |
| 2309 | |
Chris Lattner | c7a03fb | 2010-11-06 08:30:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | </div> |
| 2311 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2313 | |
Chris Lattner | 22481f2 | 2010-09-21 04:03:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | <h3 id="na_matching">Instruction Matching</h3> |
Chris Lattner | 674c1dc | 2010-10-30 17:36:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | <div><p>To Be Written</p></div> |
Chris Lattner | 22481f2 | 2010-09-21 04:03:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 22481f2 | 2010-09-21 04:03:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | |
Chris Lattner | aa5bcb5 | 2005-01-28 17:22:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | <h2> |
Chris Lattner | 32e89f2 | 2005-10-16 18:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | <a name="targetimpls">Target-specific Implementation Notes</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | </h2> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 2326 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | <p>This section of the document explains features or design decisions that are |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | specific to the code generator for a particular target. First we start |
| 2331 | with a table that summarizes what features are supported by each target.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | |
Arnold Schwaighofer | 9097d14 | 2008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | <a name="targetfeatures">Target Feature Matrix</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | |
| 2340 | <p>Note that this table does not include the C backend or Cpp backends, since |
| 2341 | they do not use the target independent code generator infrastructure. It also |
| 2342 | doesn't list features that are not supported fully by any target yet. It |
| 2343 | considers a feature to be supported if at least one subtarget supports it. A |
| 2344 | feature being supported means that it is useful and works for most cases, it |
| 2345 | does not indicate that there are zero known bugs in the implementation. Here |
| 2346 | is the key:</p> |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0"> |
| 2350 | <tr> |
| 2351 | <th>Unknown</th> |
| 2352 | <th>No support</th> |
| 2353 | <th>Partial Support</th> |
| 2354 | <th>Complete Support</th> |
| 2355 | </tr> |
| 2356 | <tr> |
| 2357 | <td class="unknown"></td> |
| 2358 | <td class="no"></td> |
| 2359 | <td class="partial"></td> |
| 2360 | <td class="yes"></td> |
| 2361 | </tr> |
| 2362 | </table> |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | <p>Here is the table:</p> |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | <table width="689" border="1" cellspacing="0"> |
| 2367 | <tr><td></td> |
Benjamin Kramer | 943beeb | 2010-10-30 21:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | <td colspan="13" align="center" style="background-color:#ffc">Target</td> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | </tr> |
| 2370 | <tr> |
| 2371 | <th>Feature</th> |
| 2372 | <th>ARM</th> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | <th>CellSPU</th> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | <th>Hexagon</th> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | <th>MBlaze</th> |
| 2376 | <th>MSP430</th> |
| 2377 | <th>Mips</th> |
| 2378 | <th>PTX</th> |
| 2379 | <th>PowerPC</th> |
| 2380 | <th>Sparc</th> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | <th>X86</th> |
| 2382 | <th>XCore</th> |
| 2383 | </tr> |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | <tr> |
| 2386 | <td><a href="#feat_reliable">is generally reliable</a></td> |
| 2387 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Kalle Raiskila | 94cc4fe | 2010-10-25 08:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | c6a4524 | 2010-10-24 18:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 9d9c4ad | 2011-10-25 20:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2394 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2395 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2397 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2398 | </tr> |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | <tr> |
| 2401 | <td><a href="#feat_asmparser">assembly parser</a></td> |
| 2402 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | d5fe3ef | 2010-12-20 21:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
| 2407 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
| 2408 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2409 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2410 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2412 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2413 | </tr> |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | <tr> |
| 2416 | <td><a href="#feat_disassembler">disassembler</a></td> |
| 2417 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | d5fe3ef | 2010-12-20 21:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
| 2422 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
| 2423 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2424 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2425 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2427 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2428 | </tr> |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | <tr> |
| 2431 | <td><a href="#feat_inlineasm">inline asm</a></td> |
| 2432 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Kalle Raiskila | 94cc4fe | 2010-10-25 08:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | d5fe3ef | 2010-12-20 21:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 48461f6 | 2010-12-19 22:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2439 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2440 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Jakob Stoklund Olesen | f22e672 | 2011-09-19 18:15:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2443 | </tr> |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | <tr> |
| 2446 | <td><a href="#feat_jit">jit</a></td> |
| 2447 | <td class="partial"><a href="#feat_jit_arm">*</a></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Kalle Raiskila | 94cc4fe | 2010-10-25 08:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | c6a4524 | 2010-10-24 18:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 9d9c4ad | 2011-10-25 20:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2454 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2455 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2457 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2458 | </tr> |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | <tr> |
| 2461 | <td><a href="#feat_objectwrite">.o file writing</a></td> |
| 2462 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | d5fe3ef | 2010-12-20 21:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
| 2467 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
| 2468 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2469 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2470 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2472 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2473 | </tr> |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | <tr> |
| 2476 | <td><a href="#feat_tailcall">tail calls</a></td> |
| 2477 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
Kalle Raiskila | 94cc4fe | 2010-10-25 08:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
Tony Linthicum | b4b5415 | 2011-12-12 21:14:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- Hexagon --> |
Wesley Peck | c6a4524 | 2010-10-24 18:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 48461f6 | 2010-12-19 22:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2484 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2485 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | <td class="yes"></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2487 | <td class="unknown"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2488 | </tr> |
| 2489 | |
Rafael Espindola | 70d2b17 | 2011-11-27 22:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | <tr> |
| 2491 | <td><a href="#feat_segstacks">segmented stacks</a></td> |
| 2492 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- ARM --> |
| 2493 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- CellSPU --> |
| 2494 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MBlaze --> |
| 2495 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- MSP430 --> |
| 2496 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Mips --> |
| 2497 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PTX --> |
| 2498 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- PowerPC --> |
| 2499 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- Sparc --> |
| 2500 | <td class="partial"><a href="#feat_segstacks_x86">*</a></td> <!-- X86 --> |
| 2501 | <td class="no"></td> <!-- XCore --> |
| 2502 | </tr> |
| 2503 | |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | |
| 2505 | </table> |
| 2506 | |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 | <h4 id="feat_reliable">Is Generally Reliable</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | <p>This box indicates whether the target is considered to be production quality. |
| 2512 | This indicates that the target has been used as a static compiler to |
| 2513 | compile large amounts of code by a variety of different people and is in |
| 2514 | continuous use.</p> |
| 2515 | </div> |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | <h4 id="feat_asmparser">Assembly Parser</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports parsing target specific .s |
| 2522 | files by implementing the MCAsmParser interface. This is required for llvm-mc |
| 2523 | to be able to act as a native assembler and is required for inline assembly |
| 2524 | support in the native .o file writer.</p> |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | </div> |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | <h4 id="feat_disassembler">Disassembler</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports the MCDisassembler API for |
| 2534 | disassembling machine opcode bytes into MCInst's.</p> |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | </div> |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | <h4 id="feat_inlineasm">Inline Asm</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports most popular inline assembly |
| 2543 | constraints and modifiers.</p> |
| 2544 | |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | </div> |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | <h4 id="feat_jit">JIT Support</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports the JIT compiler through |
| 2552 | the ExecutionEngine interface.</p> |
| 2553 | |
Chris Lattner | 6fb9955 | 2010-10-24 16:24:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | <p id="feat_jit_arm">The ARM backend has basic support for integer code |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | in ARM codegen mode, but lacks NEON and full Thumb support.</p> |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | </div> |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | <h4 id="feat_objectwrite">.o File Writing</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | |
| 2564 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports writing .o files (e.g. MachO, |
| 2565 | ELF, and/or COFF) files directly from the target. Note that the target also |
| 2566 | must include an assembly parser and general inline assembly support for full |
| 2567 | inline assembly support in the .o writer.</p> |
| 2568 | |
Chris Lattner | 219ddf5 | 2010-10-28 02:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | <p>Targets that don't support this feature can obviously still write out .o |
| 2570 | files, they just rely on having an external assembler to translate from a .s |
| 2571 | file to a .o file (as is the case for many C compilers).</p> |
| 2572 | |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | </div> |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | <h4 id="feat_tailcall">Tail Calls</h4> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | |
| 2580 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports guaranteed tail calls. These |
| 2581 | are calls marked "<a href="LangRef.html#i_call">tail</a>" and use the fastcc |
| 2582 | calling convention. Please see the <a href="#tailcallopt">tail call section |
| 2583 | more more details</a>.</p> |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | </div> |
| 2586 | |
Rafael Espindola | 70d2b17 | 2011-11-27 22:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2588 | <h4 id="feat_segstacks">Segmented Stacks</h4> |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | <div> |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | <p>This box indicates whether the target supports segmented stacks. This |
| 2593 | replaces the traditional large C stack with many linked segments. It |
| 2594 | is compatible with the <a href="http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/SplitStacks">gcc |
| 2595 | implementation</a> used by the Go front end.</p> |
| 2596 | |
Rafael Espindola | 30c5fa2 | 2011-11-28 17:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | <p id="feat_segstacks_x86">Basic support exists on the X86 backend. Currently |
| 2598 | vararg doesn't work and the object files are not marked the way the gold |
Rafael Espindola | dda8c6f | 2011-11-29 19:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | linker expects, but simple Go programs can be built by dragonegg.</p> |
Rafael Espindola | 70d2b17 | 2011-11-27 22:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | |
| 2601 | </div> |
| 2602 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 68de602 | 2010-10-24 16:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | |
| 2605 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | <h3> |
Arnold Schwaighofer | 9097d14 | 2008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | <a name="tailcallopt">Tail call optimization</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | <div> |
Arnold Schwaighofer | 9097d14 | 2008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | <p>Tail call optimization, callee reusing the stack of the caller, is currently |
| 2613 | supported on x86/x86-64 and PowerPC. It is performed if:</p> |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 2968943 | 2010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | <li>Caller and callee have the calling convention <tt>fastcc</tt> or |
| 2617 | <tt>cc 10</tt> (GHC call convention).</li> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | |
| 2619 | <li>The call is a tail call - in tail position (ret immediately follows call |
| 2620 | and ret uses value of call or is void).</li> |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled.</li> |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | <li>Platform specific constraints are met.</li> |
| 2625 | </ul> |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | <p>x86/x86-64 constraints:</p> |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | <ul> |
| 2630 | <li>No variable argument lists are used.</li> |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | <li>On x86-64 when generating GOT/PIC code only module-local calls (visibility |
| 2633 | = hidden or protected) are supported.</li> |
| 2634 | </ul> |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | <p>PowerPC constraints:</p> |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | <ul> |
| 2639 | <li>No variable argument lists are used.</li> |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | <li>No byval parameters are used.</li> |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | <li>On ppc32/64 GOT/PIC only module-local calls (visibility = hidden or protected) are supported.</li> |
| 2644 | </ul> |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | <p>Example:</p> |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | <p>Call as <tt>llc -tailcallopt test.ll</tt>.</p> |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2651 | <pre> |
Arnold Schwaighofer | 9097d14 | 2008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | declare fastcc i32 @tailcallee(i32 inreg %a1, i32 inreg %a2, i32 %a3, i32 %a4) |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | define fastcc i32 @tailcaller(i32 %in1, i32 %in2) { |
| 2655 | %l1 = add i32 %in1, %in2 |
| 2656 | %tmp = tail call fastcc i32 @tailcallee(i32 %in1 inreg, i32 %in2 inreg, i32 %in1, i32 %l1) |
| 2657 | ret i32 %tmp |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | } |
| 2659 | </pre> |
| 2660 | </div> |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | <p>Implications of <tt>-tailcallopt</tt>:</p> |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | <p>To support tail call optimization in situations where the callee has more |
| 2665 | arguments than the caller a 'callee pops arguments' convention is used. This |
| 2666 | currently causes each <tt>fastcc</tt> call that is not tail call optimized |
| 2667 | (because one or more of above constraints are not met) to be followed by a |
| 2668 | readjustment of the stack. So performance might be worse in such cases.</p> |
| 2669 | |
Arnold Schwaighofer | 9097d14 | 2008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | <h3> |
Evan Cheng | dc444e9 | 2010-03-08 21:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | <a name="sibcallopt">Sibling call optimization</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | </h3> |
Evan Cheng | dc444e9 | 2010-03-08 21:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | <div> |
Evan Cheng | dc444e9 | 2010-03-08 21:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | |
| 2678 | <p>Sibling call optimization is a restricted form of tail call optimization. |
| 2679 | Unlike tail call optimization described in the previous section, it can be |
| 2680 | performed automatically on any tail calls when <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> option |
| 2681 | is not specified.</p> |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | <p>Sibling call optimization is currently performed on x86/x86-64 when the |
| 2684 | following constraints are met:</p> |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | <ul> |
| 2687 | <li>Caller and callee have the same calling convention. It can be either |
| 2688 | <tt>c</tt> or <tt>fastcc</tt>. |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | <li>The call is a tail call - in tail position (ret immediately follows call |
| 2691 | and ret uses value of call or is void).</li> |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | <li>Caller and callee have matching return type or the callee result is not |
| 2694 | used. |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | <li>If any of the callee arguments are being passed in stack, they must be |
| 2697 | available in caller's own incoming argument stack and the frame offsets |
| 2698 | must be the same. |
| 2699 | </ul> |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | <p>Example:</p> |
| 2702 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2703 | <pre> |
| 2704 | declare i32 @bar(i32, i32) |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | define i32 @foo(i32 %a, i32 %b, i32 %c) { |
| 2707 | entry: |
| 2708 | %0 = tail call i32 @bar(i32 %a, i32 %b) |
| 2709 | ret i32 %0 |
| 2710 | } |
| 2711 | </pre> |
| 2712 | </div> |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | </div> |
| 2715 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | <h3> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 | <a name="x86">The X86 backend</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | </h3> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | <p>The X86 code generator lives in the <tt>lib/Target/X86</tt> directory. This |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | code generator is capable of targeting a variety of x86-32 and x86-64 |
| 2724 | processors, and includes support for ISA extensions such as MMX and SSE.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | <h4> |
Nate Begeman | 3450984 | 2009-01-26 02:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | <a name="x86_tt">X86 Target Triples supported</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | 9b988be | 2005-07-12 00:20:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | <p>The following are the known target triples that are supported by the X86 |
| 2734 | backend. This is not an exhaustive list, and it would be useful to add those |
| 2735 | that people test.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 9b988be | 2005-07-12 00:20:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | |
| 2737 | <ul> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | <li><b>i686-pc-linux-gnu</b> — Linux</li> |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | <li><b>i386-unknown-freebsd5.3</b> — FreeBSD 5.3</li> |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | <li><b>i686-pc-cygwin</b> — Cygwin on Win32</li> |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | <li><b>i686-pc-mingw32</b> — MingW on Win32</li> |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | <li><b>i386-pc-mingw32msvc</b> — MingW crosscompiler on Linux</li> |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | <li><b>i686-apple-darwin*</b> — Apple Darwin on X86</li> |
Torok Edwin | c457b65 | 2009-06-15 12:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | |
| 2750 | <li><b>x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu</b> — Linux</li> |
Chris Lattner | 9b988be | 2005-07-12 00:20:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 | </ul> |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | </div> |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | <h4> |
Anton Korobeynikov | bcb9770 | 2006-09-17 20:25:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | <a name="x86_cc">X86 Calling Conventions supported</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | </h4> |
Anton Korobeynikov | bcb9770 | 2006-09-17 20:25:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | |
| 2760 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | <div> |
Anton Korobeynikov | bcb9770 | 2006-09-17 20:25:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | <p>The following target-specific calling conventions are known to backend:</p> |
Anton Korobeynikov | bcb9770 | 2006-09-17 20:25:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | |
| 2765 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 01ebd56 | 2011-05-22 22:28:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | <li><b>x86_StdCall</b> — stdcall calling convention seen on Microsoft |
| 2767 | Windows platform (CC ID = 64).</li> |
| 2768 | <li><b>x86_FastCall</b> — fastcall calling convention seen on Microsoft |
| 2769 | Windows platform (CC ID = 65).</li> |
| 2770 | <li><b>x86_ThisCall</b> — Similar to X86_StdCall. Passes first argument |
| 2771 | in ECX, others via stack. Callee is responsible for stack cleaning. This |
| 2772 | convention is used by MSVC by default for methods in its ABI |
| 2773 | (CC ID = 70).</li> |
Anton Korobeynikov | bcb9770 | 2006-09-17 20:25:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | </ul> |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | </div> |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | <a name="x86_memory">Representing X86 addressing modes in MachineInstrs</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | |
Misha Brukman | 600df45 | 2005-02-17 22:22:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | <p>The x86 has a very flexible way of accessing memory. It is capable of |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | forming memory addresses of the following expression directly in integer |
| 2787 | instructions (which use ModR/M addressing):</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | b91227d | 2009-10-10 21:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | SegmentReg: Base + [1,2,4,8] * IndexReg + Disp32 |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | |
Chris Lattner | b91227d | 2009-10-10 21:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | <p>In order to represent this, LLVM tracks no less than 5 operands for each |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | memory operand of this form. This means that the "load" form of |
| 2797 | '<tt>mov</tt>' has the following <tt>MachineOperand</tt>s in this order:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | b91227d | 2009-10-10 21:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | Index: 0 | 1 2 3 4 5 |
| 2802 | Meaning: DestReg, | BaseReg, Scale, IndexReg, Displacement Segment |
| 2803 | OperandTy: VirtReg, | VirtReg, UnsImm, VirtReg, SignExtImm PhysReg |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | <p>Stores, and all other instructions, treat the four memory operands in the |
Chris Lattner | b91227d | 2009-10-10 21:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 | same way and in the same order. If the segment register is unspecified |
| 2809 | (regno = 0), then no segment override is generated. "Lea" operations do not |
| 2810 | have a segment register specified, so they only have 4 operands for their |
| 2811 | memory reference.</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | |
| 2813 | </div> |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | <h4> |
Nate Begeman | 3450984 | 2009-01-26 02:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | <a name="x86_memory">X86 address spaces supported</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | </h4> |
Nate Begeman | 3450984 | 2009-01-26 02:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | <div> |
Nate Begeman | 3450984 | 2009-01-26 02:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | |
Jay Foad | cb88ec3 | 2011-04-06 07:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | <p>x86 has a feature which provides |
Dan Gohman | d26795a | 2009-05-05 20:48:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | the ability to perform loads and stores to different address spaces |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | via the x86 segment registers. A segment override prefix byte on an |
| 2825 | instruction causes the instruction's memory access to go to the specified |
| 2826 | segment. LLVM address space 0 is the default address space, which includes |
| 2827 | the stack, and any unqualified memory accesses in a program. Address spaces |
| 2828 | 1-255 are currently reserved for user-defined code. The GS-segment is |
Chris Lattner | 1777d0c | 2009-05-05 18:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | represented by address space 256, while the FS-segment is represented by |
| 2830 | address space 257. Other x86 segments have yet to be allocated address space |
| 2831 | numbers.</p> |
Nate Begeman | 3450984 | 2009-01-26 02:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | |
Dan Gohman | d26795a | 2009-05-05 20:48:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | <p>While these address spaces may seem similar to TLS via the |
| 2834 | <tt>thread_local</tt> keyword, and often use the same underlying hardware, |
| 2835 | there are some fundamental differences.</p> |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | <p>The <tt>thread_local</tt> keyword applies to global variables and |
| 2838 | specifies that they are to be allocated in thread-local memory. There are |
| 2839 | no type qualifiers involved, and these variables can be pointed to with |
| 2840 | normal pointers and accessed with normal loads and stores. |
| 2841 | The <tt>thread_local</tt> keyword is target-independent at the LLVM IR |
| 2842 | level (though LLVM doesn't yet have implementations of it for some |
| 2843 | configurations).<p> |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | <p>Special address spaces, in contrast, apply to static types. Every |
| 2846 | load and store has a particular address space in its address operand type, |
| 2847 | and this is what determines which address space is accessed. |
| 2848 | LLVM ignores these special address space qualifiers on global variables, |
| 2849 | and does not provide a way to directly allocate storage in them. |
| 2850 | At the LLVM IR level, the behavior of these special address spaces depends |
| 2851 | in part on the underlying OS or runtime environment, and they are specific |
| 2852 | to x86 (and LLVM doesn't yet handle them correctly in some cases).</p> |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | <p>Some operating systems and runtime environments use (or may in the future |
| 2855 | use) the FS/GS-segment registers for various low-level purposes, so care |
| 2856 | should be taken when considering them.</p> |
Nate Begeman | 3450984 | 2009-01-26 02:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | |
| 2858 | </div> |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | <h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | <a name="x86_names">Instruction naming</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | </h4> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | <div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | |
Bill Wendling | 91e10c4 | 2006-08-28 02:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | <p>An instruction name consists of the base name, a default operand size, and a |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | a character per operand with an optional special size. For example:</p> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2871 | <pre> |
| 2872 | ADD8rr -> add, 8-bit register, 8-bit register |
| 2873 | IMUL16rmi -> imul, 16-bit register, 16-bit memory, 16-bit immediate |
| 2874 | IMUL16rmi8 -> imul, 16-bit register, 16-bit memory, 8-bit immediate |
| 2875 | MOVSX32rm16 -> movsx, 32-bit register, 16-bit memory |
| 2876 | </pre> |
| 2877 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ec94f80 | 2004-06-04 00:16:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | |
| 2879 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | </div> |
| 2882 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | <h3> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | <a name="ppc">The PowerPC backend</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | </h3> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 | <p>The PowerPC code generator lives in the lib/Target/PowerPC directory. The |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | code generation is retargetable to several variations or <i>subtargets</i> of |
| 2892 | the PowerPC ISA; including ppc32, ppc64 and altivec.</p> |
| 2893 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | <h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | <a name="ppc_abi">LLVM PowerPC ABI</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | </h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | <p>LLVM follows the AIX PowerPC ABI, with two deviations. LLVM uses a PC |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | relative (PIC) or static addressing for accessing global values, so no TOC |
| 2903 | (r2) is used. Second, r31 is used as a frame pointer to allow dynamic growth |
| 2904 | of a stack frame. LLVM takes advantage of having no TOC to provide space to |
| 2905 | save the frame pointer in the PowerPC linkage area of the caller frame. |
| 2906 | Other details of PowerPC ABI can be found at <a href= |
| 2907 | "http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/LowLevelABI/Articles/32bitPowerPC.html" |
| 2908 | >PowerPC ABI.</a> Note: This link describes the 32 bit ABI. The 64 bit ABI |
| 2909 | is similar except space for GPRs are 8 bytes wide (not 4) and r13 is reserved |
| 2910 | for system use.</p> |
| 2911 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | </div> |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | <h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 | <a name="ppc_frame">Frame Layout</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | </h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | <p>The size of a PowerPC frame is usually fixed for the duration of a |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | function's invocation. Since the frame is fixed size, all references |
| 2923 | into the frame can be accessed via fixed offsets from the stack pointer. The |
| 2924 | exception to this is when dynamic alloca or variable sized arrays are |
| 2925 | present, then a base pointer (r31) is used as a proxy for the stack pointer |
| 2926 | and stack pointer is free to grow or shrink. A base pointer is also used if |
| 2927 | llvm-gcc is not passed the -fomit-frame-pointer flag. The stack pointer is |
| 2928 | always aligned to 16 bytes, so that space allocated for altivec vectors will |
| 2929 | be properly aligned.</p> |
| 2930 | |
Dan Gohman | 641b279 | 2008-11-24 16:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 | <p>An invocation frame is laid out as follows (low memory at top);</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | <table class="layout"> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 | <tr> |
| 2935 | <td>Linkage<br><br></td> |
| 2936 | </tr> |
| 2937 | <tr> |
| 2938 | <td>Parameter area<br><br></td> |
| 2939 | </tr> |
| 2940 | <tr> |
| 2941 | <td>Dynamic area<br><br></td> |
| 2942 | </tr> |
| 2943 | <tr> |
| 2944 | <td>Locals area<br><br></td> |
| 2945 | </tr> |
| 2946 | <tr> |
| 2947 | <td>Saved registers area<br><br></td> |
| 2948 | </tr> |
| 2949 | <tr style="border-style: none hidden none hidden;"> |
| 2950 | <td><br></td> |
| 2951 | </tr> |
| 2952 | <tr> |
| 2953 | <td>Previous Frame<br><br></td> |
| 2954 | </tr> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | </table> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | <p>The <i>linkage</i> area is used by a callee to save special registers prior |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | to allocating its own frame. Only three entries are relevant to LLVM. The |
| 2959 | first entry is the previous stack pointer (sp), aka link. This allows |
| 2960 | probing tools like gdb or exception handlers to quickly scan the frames in |
| 2961 | the stack. A function epilog can also use the link to pop the frame from the |
| 2962 | stack. The third entry in the linkage area is used to save the return |
| 2963 | address from the lr register. Finally, as mentioned above, the last entry is |
| 2964 | used to save the previous frame pointer (r31.) The entries in the linkage |
| 2965 | area are the size of a GPR, thus the linkage area is 24 bytes long in 32 bit |
| 2966 | mode and 48 bytes in 64 bit mode.</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | <p>32 bit linkage area</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | <table class="layout"> |
| 2971 | <tr> |
| 2972 | <td>0</td> |
| 2973 | <td>Saved SP (r1)</td> |
| 2974 | </tr> |
| 2975 | <tr> |
| 2976 | <td>4</td> |
| 2977 | <td>Saved CR</td> |
| 2978 | </tr> |
| 2979 | <tr> |
| 2980 | <td>8</td> |
| 2981 | <td>Saved LR</td> |
| 2982 | </tr> |
| 2983 | <tr> |
| 2984 | <td>12</td> |
| 2985 | <td>Reserved</td> |
| 2986 | </tr> |
| 2987 | <tr> |
| 2988 | <td>16</td> |
| 2989 | <td>Reserved</td> |
| 2990 | </tr> |
| 2991 | <tr> |
| 2992 | <td>20</td> |
| 2993 | <td>Saved FP (r31)</td> |
| 2994 | </tr> |
| 2995 | </table> |
| 2996 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | <p>64 bit linkage area</p> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | <table class="layout"> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | <tr> |
| 3001 | <td>0</td> |
| 3002 | <td>Saved SP (r1)</td> |
| 3003 | </tr> |
| 3004 | <tr> |
| 3005 | <td>8</td> |
| 3006 | <td>Saved CR</td> |
| 3007 | </tr> |
| 3008 | <tr> |
| 3009 | <td>16</td> |
| 3010 | <td>Saved LR</td> |
| 3011 | </tr> |
| 3012 | <tr> |
| 3013 | <td>24</td> |
| 3014 | <td>Reserved</td> |
| 3015 | </tr> |
| 3016 | <tr> |
| 3017 | <td>32</td> |
| 3018 | <td>Reserved</td> |
| 3019 | </tr> |
| 3020 | <tr> |
| 3021 | <td>40</td> |
| 3022 | <td>Saved FP (r31)</td> |
| 3023 | </tr> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | </table> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | <p>The <i>parameter area</i> is used to store arguments being passed to a callee |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | function. Following the PowerPC ABI, the first few arguments are actually |
| 3028 | passed in registers, with the space in the parameter area unused. However, |
| 3029 | if there are not enough registers or the callee is a thunk or vararg |
| 3030 | function, these register arguments can be spilled into the parameter area. |
| 3031 | Thus, the parameter area must be large enough to store all the parameters for |
| 3032 | the largest call sequence made by the caller. The size must also be |
| 3033 | minimally large enough to spill registers r3-r10. This allows callees blind |
| 3034 | to the call signature, such as thunks and vararg functions, enough space to |
| 3035 | cache the argument registers. Therefore, the parameter area is minimally 32 |
| 3036 | bytes (64 bytes in 64 bit mode.) Also note that since the parameter area is |
| 3037 | a fixed offset from the top of the frame, that a callee can access its spilt |
| 3038 | arguments using fixed offsets from the stack pointer (or base pointer.)</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | <p>Combining the information about the linkage, parameter areas and alignment. A |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | stack frame is minimally 64 bytes in 32 bit mode and 128 bytes in 64 bit |
| 3042 | mode.</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | <p>The <i>dynamic area</i> starts out as size zero. If a function uses dynamic |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | alloca then space is added to the stack, the linkage and parameter areas are |
| 3046 | shifted to top of stack, and the new space is available immediately below the |
| 3047 | linkage and parameter areas. The cost of shifting the linkage and parameter |
| 3048 | areas is minor since only the link value needs to be copied. The link value |
| 3049 | can be easily fetched by adding the original frame size to the base pointer. |
| 3050 | Note that allocations in the dynamic space need to observe 16 byte |
| 3051 | alignment.</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | <p>The <i>locals area</i> is where the llvm compiler reserves space for local |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | variables.</p> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | <p>The <i>saved registers area</i> is where the llvm compiler spills callee |
| 3057 | saved registers on entry to the callee.</p> |
| 3058 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | </div> |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | <h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | <a name="ppc_prolog">Prolog/Epilog</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | </h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | <div> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | <p>The llvm prolog and epilog are the same as described in the PowerPC ABI, with |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | the following exceptions. Callee saved registers are spilled after the frame |
| 3070 | is created. This allows the llvm epilog/prolog support to be common with |
| 3071 | other targets. The base pointer callee saved register r31 is saved in the |
| 3072 | TOC slot of linkage area. This simplifies allocation of space for the base |
| 3073 | pointer and makes it convenient to locate programatically and during |
| 3074 | debugging.</p> |
| 3075 | |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | </div> |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | <h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | <a name="ppc_dynamic">Dynamic Allocation</a> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 05d0265 | 2011-04-18 23:59:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | </h4> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 | <div> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | <p><i>TODO - More to come.</i></p> |
Bill Wendling | 8011880 | 2009-04-15 02:12:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | |
Jim Laskey | b744c25 | 2006-12-15 10:40:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | </div> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | </div> |
| 3090 | |
Justin Holewinski | dceb002 | 2011-08-11 17:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3092 | <h3> |
| 3093 | <a name="ptx">The PTX backend</a> |
| 3094 | </h3> |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | <div> |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | <p>The PTX code generator lives in the lib/Target/PTX directory. It is |
| 3099 | currently a work-in-progress, but already supports most of the code |
| 3100 | generation functionality needed to generate correct PTX kernels for |
| 3101 | CUDA devices.</p> |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | <p>The code generator can target PTX 2.0+, and shader model 1.0+. The |
| 3104 | PTX ISA Reference Manual is used as the primary source of ISA |
| 3105 | information, though an effort is made to make the output of the code |
| 3106 | generator match the output of the NVidia nvcc compiler, whenever |
| 3107 | possible.</p> |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | <p>Code Generator Options:</p> |
| 3110 | <table border="1" cellspacing="0"> |
| 3111 | <tr> |
| 3112 | <th>Option</th> |
| 3113 | <th>Description</th> |
| 3114 | </tr> |
| 3115 | <tr> |
| 3116 | <td><code>double</code></td> |
| 3117 | <td align="left">If enabled, the map_f64_to_f32 directive is |
| 3118 | disabled in the PTX output, allowing native double-precision |
| 3119 | arithmetic</td> |
| 3120 | </tr> |
| 3121 | <tr> |
| 3122 | <td><code>no-fma</code></td> |
| 3123 | <td align="left">Disable generation of Fused-Multiply Add |
| 3124 | instructions, which may be beneficial for some devices</td> |
| 3125 | </tr> |
| 3126 | <tr> |
| 3127 | <td><code>smxy / computexy</code></td> |
| 3128 | <td align="left">Set shader model/compute capability to x.y, |
| 3129 | e.g. sm20 or compute13</td> |
| 3130 | </tr> |
| 3131 | </table> |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | <p>Working:</p> |
| 3134 | <ul> |
| 3135 | <li>Arithmetic instruction selection (including combo FMA)</li> |
| 3136 | <li>Bitwise instruction selection</li> |
| 3137 | <li>Control-flow instruction selection</li> |
| 3138 | <li>Function calls (only on SM 2.0+ and no return arguments)</li> |
| 3139 | <li>Addresses spaces (0 = global, 1 = constant, 2 = local, 4 = |
| 3140 | shared)</li> |
| 3141 | <li>Thread synchronization (bar.sync)</li> |
| 3142 | <li>Special register reads ([N]TID, [N]CTAID, PMx, CLOCK, etc.)</li> |
| 3143 | </ul> |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 | <p>In Progress:</p> |
| 3146 | <ul> |
| 3147 | <li>Robust call instruction selection</li> |
| 3148 | <li>Stack frame allocation</li> |
| 3149 | <li>Device-specific instruction scheduling optimizations</li> |
| 3150 | </ul> |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | </div> |
| 3154 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | f5af6ad | 2011-04-23 00:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | </div> |
Jim Laskey | 762b6cb | 2006-12-14 17:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 3158 | <hr> |
| 3159 | <address> |
| 3160 | <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img |
Misha Brukman | 4440870 | 2008-12-11 17:34:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img |
Misha Brukman | f00ddb0 | 2008-12-11 18:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | |
| 3165 | <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br> |
NAKAMURA Takumi | b9a3363 | 2011-04-09 02:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | <a href="http://llvm.org/">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br> |
Chris Lattner | ce52b7e | 2004-06-01 06:48:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | Last modified: $Date$ |
| 3168 | </address> |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | </body> |
| 3171 | </html> |